WebSVN - RTK - Path Comparison - / Rev 244 and / Rev 245

Ignore whitespace Rev 244 → Rev 245

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/!Help,feb
 New file
 ,0 → 1,8
+| This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+| Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+| Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+| a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+If "<RTK$Dir>"="" Then Set RTK$Dir <Obey$Dir>
+IfThere <RTK$Dir>.html.index/html Then Set RTK$Help <RTK$Dir>.html.index/html
+If ("<Alias$@RunType_FAF>"="") OR ("<RTK$Help>"="") Then Filer_Run <RTK$Dir>.README Else Filer_Run <RTK$Help>
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:executable
 + *
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/namespace.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,30
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use subject to the GNU LGPL.
+// (For details see the file !RTK.Copyright.)
+/// The namespace used to hold the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+namespace rtk {
+/// The namespace used to hold RTK utility classes.
+namespace util {};
+/// The namespace used to hold the RTK graphics library.
+namespace graphics {};
+/// The namespace used to hold the RTK low-level RISC OS interface library.
+namespace swi {};
+/// The namespace used to hold the RTK high-level RISC OS interface library.
+namespace os {};
+/// The namespace used to hold RTK desktop components.
+namespace desktop {};
+/// The namespace used to hold RTK event objects.
+namespace events {};
+/// The namespace used to hold RTK data transfer components.
+namespace transfer {};
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/Doxyfile
 New file
 ,0 → 1,938
+# Doxyfile 1.2.15
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
+#
+# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
+# The format is:
+#       TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists items can also be appended using:
+#       TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# General configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
+# by quotes) that should identify the project.
+PROJECT_NAME           = RTK
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
+# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
+# if some version control system is used.
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
+# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
+# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       =
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
+# Brazilian, Chinese, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French,
+# German, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish,
+# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish and Swedish.
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
+# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
+# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
+# will be included in the documentation.
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = NO
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
+# will be included in the documentation.
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = NO
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
+# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
+# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
+# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
+# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
+# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
+# If set to NO (the default) these class will be included in the various
+# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
+# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
+# Set to NO to disable this.
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
+# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
+# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all inherited
+# members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those members were
+# ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment operators of
+# the base classes will not be shown.
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
+# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
+# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = NO
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
+# can be used to strip a user defined part of the path. Stripping is
+# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
+# the path. It is allowed to use relative paths in the argument list.
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
+# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
+# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
+# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
+# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
+# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
+# file names in lower case letters. If set to YES upper case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# users are adviced to set this option to NO.
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = YES
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
+# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
+# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+SHORT_NAMES            = NO
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
+# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
+# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
+# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
+# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = YES
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
+# will put list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
+# of that file.
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
+# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
+# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
+# comments  will behave just like the Qt-style comments (thus requiring an
+# explict @brief command for a brief description.
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = YES
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
+# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
+# reimplements.
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
+# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
+# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
+# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
+# declaration order.
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = NO
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
+# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
+# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
+# commands in the documentation.
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = YES
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
+# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
+# commands in the documentation.
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = YES
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
+# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
+# commands in the documentation.
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = YES
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
+# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
+# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
+# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
+# will result in a user defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
+# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
+ALIASES                =
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
+# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
+# the initial value of a variable or define consist of for it to appear in
+# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
+# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
+# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
+# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
+# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
+# For instance some of the names that are used will be different. The list
+# of all members will be omitted, etc.
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = NO
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for Java.
+# For instance namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified scopes
+# will look different, etc.
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
+# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
+# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
+QUIET                  = YES
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
+# NO is used.
+WARNINGS               = YES
+# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
+# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
+# automatically be disabled.
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
+# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
+# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
+# warning originated and the warning text.
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
+# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
+# to stderr.
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
+# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
+# with spaces.
+INPUT                  =
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
+# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
+# blank the following patterns are tested:
+# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx *.hpp
+# *.h++ *.idl *.odl
+FILE_PATTERNS          =
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
+# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
+# If left blank NO is used.
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+EXCLUDE                =
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or directories
+# that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded from the input.
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
+# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
+# the \include command).
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
+# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
+# blank all files are included.
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       =
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
+# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
+# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
+# the \image command).
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
+# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
+# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
+# to standard output.
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
+# files to browse.
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
+# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
+# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES (the default)
+# then for each documented function all documented
+# functions referencing it will be listed.
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = YES
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES (the default)
+# then for each documented function all documented entities
+# called/used by that function will be listed.
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = YES
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
+# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
+# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = NO
+# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
+# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
+# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
+# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
+# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
+# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate HTML output.
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
+# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
+# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
+# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+HTML_HEADER            =
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
+# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard footer.
+HTML_FOOTER            = footer.html
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user defined cascading
+# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
+# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
+# will generate a default style sheet
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
+# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
+# NO a bullet list will be used.
+HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS     = YES
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
+# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
+# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compressed HTML help file (.chm)
+# of the generated HTML documentation.
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
+# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
+# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
+# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
+# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
+# to the contents of the Html help documentation and to the tree view.
+TOC_EXPAND             = NO
+# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
+# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
+# the value YES disables it.
+DISABLE_INDEX          = NO
+# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
+# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 4
+# If the GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is set to YES, a side panel will be
+# generated containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
+# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
+# JavaScript and frames is required (for instance Mozilla, Netscape 4.0+,
+# or Internet explorer 4.0+). Note that for large projects the tree generation
+# can take a very long time. In such cases it is better to disable this feature.
+# Windows users are probably better off using the HTML help feature.
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = NO
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
+# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
+# is shown.
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate Latex output.
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
+# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
+# default command name.
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
+# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
+# save some trees in general.
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
+# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
+# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
+# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
+# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
+# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
+# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
+# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
+# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+USE_PDFLATEX           = NO
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
+# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
+# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = YES
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
+# The RTF output is optimised for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
+# other RTF readers or editors.
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
+# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
+# save some trees in general.
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
+# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
+# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
+# programs which support those fields.
+# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
+# config file, i.e. a series of assigments. You only have to provide
+# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
+# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate man pages
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
+# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
+# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
+# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
+# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
+# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
+# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this
+# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
+# moment.
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
+# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
+# that captures the structure of the code including all
+# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
+# and incomplete at the moment.
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
+# files.
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
+# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
+# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
+# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = NO
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
+# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
+# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_PREDEFINED tags.
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = NO
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
+# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
+# the preprocessor.
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
+# be used.
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
+# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
+# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
+# omitted =1 is assumed.
+PREDEFINED             =
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_PREDEF_ONLY tags are set to YES then
+# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
+# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
+# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
+# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
+# on a line and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros are typically
+# used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not removed.
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration::addtions related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
+TAGFILES               =
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
+# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
+# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
+# will be listed.
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
+# be listed.
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate a inheritance diagram (in Html, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base or
+# super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this
+# option is superceded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a fallback. It is
+# recommended to install and use dot, since it yield more powerful graphs.
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = YES
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
+# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
+# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
+# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
+# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
+# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+CLASS_GRAPH            = YES
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
+# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
+# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
+# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = YES
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
+# relations between templates and their instances.
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = YES
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
+# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
+# or is not a class.
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
+# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
+# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
+# other documented files.
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = YES
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
+# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
+# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
+# indirectly include this file.
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = YES
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
+# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = YES
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
+# If left blank png will be used.
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found on the path.
+DOT_PATH               =
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
+# \dotfile command).
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_WIDTH tag can be used to set the maximum allowed width
+# (in pixels) of the graphs generated by dot. If a graph becomes larger than
+# this value, doxygen will try to truncate the graph, so that it fits within
+# the specified constraint. Beware that most browsers cannot cope with very
+# large images.
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_WIDTH    = 1024
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_HEIGHT tag can be used to set the maximum allows height
+# (in pixels) of the graphs generated by dot. If a graph becomes larger than
+# this value, doxygen will try to truncate the graph, so that it fits within
+# the specified constraint. Beware that most browsers cannot cope with very
+# large images.
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_HEIGHT   = 1024
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
+# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# remove the intermedate dot files that are used to generate
+# the various graphs.
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration::addtions related to the search engine
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be
+# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+# The CGI_NAME tag should be the name of the CGI script that
+# starts the search engine (doxysearch) with the correct parameters.
+# A script with this name will be generated by doxygen.
+CGI_NAME               = search.cgi
+# The CGI_URL tag should be the absolute URL to the directory where the
+# cgi binaries are located. See the documentation of your http daemon for
+# details.
+CGI_URL                =
+# The DOC_URL tag should be the absolute URL to the directory where the
+# documentation is located. If left blank the absolute path to the
+# documentation, with file:// prepended to it, will be used.
+DOC_URL                =
+# The DOC_ABSPATH tag should be the absolute path to the directory where the
+# documentation is located. If left blank the directory on the local machine
+# will be used.
+DOC_ABSPATH            =
+# The BIN_ABSPATH tag must point to the directory where the doxysearch binary
+# is installed.
+BIN_ABSPATH            = /usr/local/bin/
+# The EXT_DOC_PATHS tag can be used to specify one or more paths to
+# documentation generated for other projects. This allows doxysearch to search
+# the documentation for these projects as well.
+EXT_DOC_PATHS          =
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/SetPaths,feb
 New file
 ,0 → 1,8
+| This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+| Copyright © 2004 Graham Shaw.
+| Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+| a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+Set RTK_Build$Dir <Obey$Dir>
+Set RTK_Build$Path <Obey$Dir>.
+Set Sys$ReturnCode 0
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:executable
 + *
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

/tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/include.doc
New file
0,0 → 1,3
!RTK.html.*/html
!RTK.html.*/png
!RTK.html.*/css
Property changes:
Added: svn:keywords
+ Author Date Id Revision
Added: svn:eol-style
+ native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/footer.html,faf
 New file
 ,0 → 1,8
+<hr>
+<table width="100%"><tr>
+<td align="left"><i>Reference Manual</i></td>
+<td align="centre"><i>The RISC OS Toolkit</i></td>
+<td align="right"><i>Version 0.5.0 (01 Feb 2004)</i></td>
+</tr></table>
+</body>
+</html>
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/include.bin
 New file
 ,0 → 1,9
+!RTK.!Boot
+!RTK.!Help
+!RTK.!Run
+!RTK.!Sprites
+!RTK.Copyright
+!RTK.History
+!RTK.README
+!RTK.a.rtk
+!RTK.rtk.*.h.*
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/!Boot,feb
 New file
 ,0 → 1,9
+| This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+| Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+| Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+| a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+If "<RTK$Dir>"="" Then Set RTK$Dir <Obey$Dir>
+If "<RTK$Path>"="" Then Set RTK$Path <Obey$Dir>.
+IfThere <RTK$Dir>.html.index/html Then Set RTK$Help <RTK$Dir>.html.index/html
+IconSprites <RTK$Dir>.!Sprites
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:executable
 + *
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/README
 New file
 ,0 → 1,139
+# This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+# Copyright © 2003-2004 Graham Shaw.
+# Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+# a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+The RISC OS Toolkit
+Version 0.5.0 (01 Feb 2004)
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+Introduction
+  The RISC OS Toolkit (RTK) is a class library for developing RISC OS
+  application programs in C++. It differs from other such libraries
+  currently available for RISC OS in its support for automatic layout.
+  This is achieved by specifying the relationship between different
+  visual components (for example, the fact that they are arranged in a
+  grid or a column). The precise coordinates are calculated by the RTK.
+  This eliminates the need for a template editor, and allows the layout
+  to change at run-time to accommodate varying content.
+  (Support will be provided for RISC OS template files, but that is not
+  intended to be the normal method of use.)
+  Other goals are:
+    * to provide high-level support for common window types, icon types
+      and protocols;
+    * to provide an extensible, type-safe event delivery mechanism.
+    * to implement style-guide compliant behaviour by default.
+  Please be aware that the RTK is still under development.  Most of the
+  basic infrastructure is complete, but there are many more classes that
+  could be added.  Some functions are correct but not efficient.
+Requirements
+  Supported operating systems include:
+    * RISC OS 4.02
+    * RISC OS 5.03
+  The RTK may work with earlier versions of RISC OS provided that the
+  nested window manager is present.
+  Supported compilers include:
+    * GCC 2.95.4 (release 3)
+    * GCC 2.95.4 (experimental 32-bit, 05 May 2003)
+  The Acorn C/C++ compiler (up to version 3.19 at least) is not
+  supported because there are important parts of the C++ language that
+  it does not implement.
+Installation
+  The !RTK application directory can be located anywhere.
+  Ensure that it has been booted and/or run before attempting to compile
+  or link against it.
+  (If two or more versions are present, running !RTK will change the
+  active version whereas booting it will not.)
+Use
+  When compiling, append -Irtk: to the GCC command line. This adds
+  rtk: to the list of paths that are searched for include files.
+  When linking, append -lrtk:a.rtk to the GCC command line. This adds
+  rtk:a.rtk to the list of libraries searched by the linker.
+  Include directives should be of the form:
+    #include "rtk/desktop/application.h"
+  Be aware that all RTK classes are declared within namespaces. You must
+  either specify the namespace expicitly:
+    rtk::desktop::application
+  or place a using directive at the start of each source file:
+    using namespace rtk::desktop
+  The main() function is normally of the form:
+    int main(void)
+    {
+      myapp app;
+      app.run();
+      return 0;
+    }
+  where myapp is a class derived from rtk::desktop::application.
+  Documentation available from the RTK web site currently includes:
+    * the RTK reference manual
+    * a number of example programs
+Building from Source
+  To build the RTK from souce code the following tools must be present
+  on the Run$Path:
+    * make
+    * gcc
+    * libfile
+    * fixdeps
+  Suitable versions of make, gcc and libfile may be found within
+  supported distributions of GCC. fixdeps may be obtained from the RTK
+  web site.
+  No configuration is necessary. Change the current directory to !RTK
+  then issue the command:
+    make all
+  Please note that some difficulties have been encountered when using
+  recursive makefiles with the experimental 32-bit version of make. They
+  can be overcome by executing the makefiles individually from an obey
+  file.
+Support
+  The RTK home page may be found at:
+  http://www.sagitta.demon.co.uk/rtk/
+  There is also a mailing list. To subscribe, send an empty message to:
+  mailto:rtk-request@sagitta.demon.co.uk
+  with a subject of "subscribe".
+Todo
+   * a multi-line text field class
+   * a template layout class
+   * a discard/cancel/save dialogue box class
+   * printing
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/!Run,feb
 New file
 ,0 → 1,9
+| This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+| Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+| Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+| a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+Set RTK$Dir <Obey$Dir>
+Set RTK$Path <Obey$Dir>.
+IfThere <RTK$Dir>.html.index/html Then Set RTK$Help <RTK$Dir>.html.index/html
+IconSprites <RTK$Dir>.!Sprites
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:executable
 + *
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/graphics/gcontext.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,44
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/graphics/font.h"
+#include "rtk/graphics/gcontext.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace graphics {
+gcontext::gcontext(const point& origin):
+        _origin(origin)
+{}
+gcontext::~gcontext()
+{}
+void gcontext::fcolour(int fcolour)
+{
+        if (fcolour!=_fcolour)
+        {
+                fcolour_notify(fcolour);
+                _fcolour=fcolour;
+        }
+}
+void gcontext::bcolour(int bcolour)
+{
+        if (bcolour!=_bcolour)
+        {
+                bcolour_notify(bcolour);
+                _bcolour=bcolour;
+        }
+}
+void gcontext::fcolour_notify(int fcolour)
+{}
+void gcontext::bcolour_notify(int bcolour)
+{}
+}; /* namespace graphics */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/graphics/point.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,152
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_GRAPHICS_POINT
+#define _RTK_GRAPHICS_POINT
+namespace std {
+class ostream;
+}; /* namespace std */
+namespace rtk {
+namespace graphics {
+/** A class for representing a point in a two-dimensional plane.
+ * Coordinates are signed integers.  The x-axis runs from left to
+ * right and the y-axis runs from bottom to top. Overflow is not
+ * detected and its effects are undefined.  The origin and scale
+ * of the coordinate system are context-dependent.
+ */
+class point
+{
+private:
+        /** The x-coordinate. */
+        int _x;
+        /** The y-coordinate. */
+        int _y;
+public:
+        /** Construct point with default coordinates of (0,0). */
+        point():
+                _x(0),
+                _y(0)
+                {}
+        /** Construct point from x- and y-coordinates.
+         * @param x the required x-coordinate
+         * @param y the required y-coordinate
+         */
+        point(int x,int y):
+                _x(x),
+                _y(y)
+                {}
+        /** Get x-coordinate.
+         * @return the x-coordinate
+         */
+        int x() const
+                { return _x; }
+        /** Get y-coordinate.
+         * @return the y-coordinate
+         */
+        int y() const
+                { return _y; }
+        /** Set x-coordinate.
+         * @param x the required x-coordinate
+         */
+        point& x(int x)
+                { _x=x; return *this; }
+        /** Set y-coordinate.
+         * @param y the required y-coordinate
+         */
+        point& y(int y)
+                { _y=y; return *this; }
+        /** Add components of another point.
+         * The effect of pa+=pb is the same as pa=pa+pb.
+         * @param p the augend
+         * @return a reference to this point
+         */
+        point& operator+=(const point& p)
+                { _x+=p._x; _y+=p._y; return *this; }
+        /** Subtract components of another point.
+         * The effect of pa-=pb is the same as pa=pa-pb.
+         * @param p the subtrahend
+         * @return a reference to this point
+         */
+        point& operator-=(const point& p)
+                { _x-=p._x; _y-=p._y; return *this; }
+};
+/** Negate components of a point.
+ * The result is such that -point(x,y)==point(-x,-y).
+ * @param p the point to be negated
+ * @return a point with equal but opposite coordinates
+ */
+inline point operator-(const point& p)
+{
+        return point(-p.x(),-p.y());
+}
+/** Add components of two points.
+ * The result is such that point(ax,ay)+point(bx,by)==point(ax+bx,ay+by).
+ * @param pa the addend
+ * @param pb the augend
+ * @return the sum
+ */
+inline point operator+(const point& pa,const point& pb)
+{
+        return point(pa.x()+pb.x(),pa.y()+pb.y());
+}
+/** Subtract components of two points.
+ * The result is such that point(ax,ay)-point(bx,by)==point(ax-bx,ay-by).
+ * @param pa the minuend
+ * @param pb the subtrahend
+ * @return the remainder
+ */
+inline point operator-(const point& pa,const point& pb)
+{
+        return point(pa.x()-pb.x(),pa.y()-pb.y());
+}
+/** Test whether two points coincide.
+ * @param pa the first point
+ * @param pb the second point
+ * @return true if the points coincide, otherwise false
+ */
+inline bool operator==(const point& pa,const point& pb)
+{
+        return (pa.x()==pb.x())&&(pa.y()==pb.y());
+}
+/** Test whether two points differ.
+ * @param pa the first point
+ * @param pb the second point
+ * @return true if the points differ, otherwise false
+ */
+inline bool operator!=(const point& pa,const point& pb)
+{
+        return (pa.x()!=pb.x())||(pa.y()!=pb.y());
+}
+/** Write point to output stream.
+ * The output is human-readable and of the form (x,y).
+ * It uses whatever formatting state is applicable at the time.
+ * @param out the output stream
+ * @param p the point to be written
+ * @return a reference to the output stream
+ */
+ostream& operator<<(ostream& out,const point& p);
+}; /* namespace graphics */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/graphics/vdu_gcontext.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,56
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_GRAPHICS_VDU_GCONTEXT
+#define _RTK_GRAPHICS_VDU_GCONTEXT
+#include "rtk/graphics/gcontext.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace graphics {
+/** A class to represent a graphics context linked to the RISC OS VDU drivers.
+ * For efficiency, this class assumes that it has exclusive control over
+ * the RISC OS VDU drivers unless told otherwise.  If there is a posiblility
+ * that the driver state has been changed by another agent (for example,
+ * after a call to Wimp_Poll), then vdu_context::current() must be called
+ * to ensure that the required state is re-established.
+ */
+class vdu_gcontext:
+        public gcontext
+{
+private:
+        /** The current VDU graphics context. */
+        static vdu_gcontext* _current;
+public:
+        /** Set current VDU graphics context.
+         * If the current context is unchanged then no action is taken.
+         * If it is changed then any assumed state (currently the foreground
+         * and background colours) is re-established.
+         * @param current the required current context
+         */
+        static void current(vdu_gcontext* current);
+public:
+        /** Construct VDU graphics context.
+         * @param origin the initial origin
+         */
+        vdu_gcontext(const point& origin);
+        /** Destroy VDU graphics context.
+         */
+        virtual ~vdu_gcontext();
+        virtual void plot(int code,const point& p);
+        virtual void draw(const string& s,const point& p);
+        virtual void draw(const font& f,const string& s,const point& p);
+protected:
+        virtual void fcolour_notify(int fcolour);
+        virtual void bcolour_notify(int bcolour);
+};
+}; /* namespace graphics */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/graphics/gcontext.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,126
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_GRAPHICS_GCONTEXT
+#define _RTK_GRAPHICS_GCONTEXT
+#include <string>
+#include "rtk/graphics/point.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace graphics {
+class font;
+/** An abstract class to represent an abstract graphics context.
+ * Using this class it is possible to issue graphical output instructions
+ * without knowing to where the output is being directed.
+ */
+class gcontext
+{
+private:
+        /** The origin of this graphics context, with respect to the screen. */
+        point _origin;
+        /** The current foreground colour.
+         * This is one of the 16 standard Wimp colours.
+         */
+        int _fcolour;
+        /** The current background colour.
+         * This is one of the 16 standard Wimp colours.
+         */
+        int _bcolour;
+public:
+        /** Construct graphics context.
+         * @param origin the initial origin
+         */
+        gcontext(const point& origin);
+        /** Destroy graphics context.
+         */
+        virtual ~gcontext();
+        /** Get origin.
+         * @return the origin
+         */
+        const point& origin() const
+                { return _origin; }
+        /** Add offset to origin.
+         * @param offset the required offset
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        gcontext& operator+=(const point& offset)
+                { _origin+=offset; return *this; }
+        /** Subtract offset from origin.
+         * @param offset the required offset
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        gcontext& operator-=(const point& offset)
+                { _origin-=offset; return *this; }
+        /** Plot to graphics context.
+         * This method is equivalent to OS_Plot.
+         * @param code the RISC OS plot action code
+         * @param p the point to plot (with respect to the origin of this
+         *  graphics context)
+         */
+        virtual void plot(int code,const point& p)=0;
+        /** Draw string to graphics context using desktop font.
+         * @param s the string to be drawn
+         * @param p the point at which to begin
+         */
+        virtual void draw(const string& s,const point& p)=0;
+        /** Draw string to graphics context using specified font.
+         * @param f the font to be used
+         * @param s the string to be drawn
+         * @param p the point at which to begin
+         */
+        virtual void draw(const font& f,const string& s,const point& p)=0;
+        /** Get current foreground colour.
+         * This is one of the 16 standard Wimp colours.
+         * @return the current foreground colour
+         */
+        int fcolour() const
+                { return _fcolour; }
+        /** Get current background colour.
+         * This is one of the 16 standard Wimp colours.
+         * @return the current background colour
+         */
+        int bcolour() const
+                { return _bcolour; }
+        /** Set current foreground colour.
+         * This is one of the 16 standard Wimp colours.
+         * @param fcolour the required foreground colour
+         */
+        void fcolour(int fcolour);
+        /** Set current background colour.
+         * This is one of the 16 standard Wimp colours.
+         * @param bcolour the required background colour
+         */
+        void bcolour(int bcolour);
+protected:
+        /** Notify subclass that foreground colour has changed.
+         * @param fcolour the new foreground colour
+         */
+        virtual void fcolour_notify(int fcolour);
+        /** Notify subclass that background colour has changed.
+         * @param bcolour the new background colour
+         */
+        virtual void bcolour_notify(int bcolour);
+};
+}; /* namespace graphics */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

/tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/graphics/timestamp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:keywords
+ Author Date Id Revision
Added: svn:eol-style
+ native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/graphics/font.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,83
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/graphics/point.h"
+#include "rtk/graphics/font.h"
+#include "rtk/os/font.h"
+#include "rtk/os/colourtrans.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace graphics {
+struct font::_font
+{
+        int refcount;
+        int handle;
+};
+font::font(const string& id,int xsize,int ysize):
+        _f(0)
+{
+        try
+        {
+                _f=new _font;
+                os::Font_FindFont(id.c_str(),xsize,ysize,0,0,&_f->handle,0,0);
+        }
+        catch (...)
+        {
+                delete _f;
+        }
+}
+font::font(const font& f):
+        _f(f._f)
+{
+        ++_f->refcount;
+}
+font::~font()
+{
+        if (!--_f->refcount)
+        {
+                os::Font_LoseFont(_f->handle);
+                delete _f;
+        }
+}
+font& font::operator=(const font& f)
+{
+        ++f._f->refcount;
+        if (!--_f->refcount)
+        {
+                os::Font_LoseFont(_f->handle);
+                delete _f;
+        }
+        _f=f._f;
+        return *this;
+}
+void font::paint(const string& s,const point& p) const
+{
+        // Note: s.c_str() is used in preference to s.data() because
+        // Font_Paint must be able to access the character following
+        // the end of the string.
+        os::ColourTrans_SetFontColours(_f->handle,0xffffff00,0x00000000,14,0,0,0);
+        os::Font_Paint(_f->handle,s.c_str(),0x190,p,0,0,s.length());
+}
+int font::width(const string& s) const
+{
+        // Note: s.c_str() is used in preference to s.data() because
+        // Font_Paint must be able to access the character following
+        // the end of the string.
+        const int maxint=0xffffff;
+        point size;
+        os::Font_ScanString(_f->handle,s.c_str(),0x180,point(maxint,maxint),0,0,
+                s.length(),0,&size,0);
+        return size.x()/400;
+}
+}; /* namespace graphics */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/graphics/box.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,221
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include <algorithm>
+#include "rtk/graphics/box.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace graphics {
+box& box::operator+=(const point& p)
+{
+        _xmin+=p.x();
+        _ymin+=p.y();
+        _xmax+=p.x();
+        _ymax+=p.y();
+        return *this;
+}
+box& box::operator-=(const point& p)
+{
+        _xmin-=p.x();
+        _ymin-=p.y();
+        _xmax-=p.x();
+        _ymax-=p.y();
+        return *this;
+}
+box& box::operator+=(const box& b)
+{
+        _xmin+=b._xmin;
+        _ymin+=b._ymin;
+        _xmax+=b._xmax;
+        _ymax+=b._ymax;
+        return *this;
+}
+box& box::operator-=(const box& b)
+{
+        _xmin-=b._xmin;
+        _ymin-=b._ymin;
+        _xmax-=b._xmax;
+        _ymax-=b._ymax;
+        return *this;
+}
+box& box::operator|=(const box& b)
+{
+        if (_xmin>b._xmin) _xmin=b._xmin;
+        if (_ymin>b._ymin) _ymin=b._ymin;
+        if (_xmax<b._xmax) _xmax=b._xmax;
+        if (_ymax<b._ymax) _ymax=b._ymax;
+        return *this;
+}
+box& box::operator&=(const box& b)
+{
+        if (_xmin<b._xmin) _xmin=b._xmin;
+        if (_ymin<b._ymin) _ymin=b._ymin;
+        if (_xmax>b._xmax) _xmax=b._xmax;
+        if (_ymax>b._ymax) _ymax=b._ymax;
+        return *this;
+}
+box& box::extend_left(const box& b)
+{
+        _xmin-=b._xmax-b._xmin;
+        if (_ymin>b._ymin) _ymin=b._ymin;
+        if (_ymax<b._ymax) _ymax=b._ymax;
+        return *this;
+}
+box& box::extend_right(const box& b)
+{
+        _xmax+=b._xmax-b._xmin;
+        if (_ymin>b._ymin) _ymin=b._ymin;
+        if (_ymax<b._ymax) _ymax=b._ymax;
+        return *this;
+}
+box& box::extend_up(const box& b)
+{
+        _ymax+=b._ymax-b._ymin;
+        if (_xmin>b._xmin) _xmin=b._xmin;
+        if (_xmax<b._xmax) _xmax=b._xmax;
+        return *this;
+}
+box& box::extend_down(const box& b)
+{
+        _ymin-=b._ymax-b._ymin;
+        if (_xmin>b._xmin) _xmin=b._xmin;
+        if (_xmax<b._xmax) _xmax=b._xmax;
+        return *this;
+}
+box& box::extend_left(unsigned int xsize)
+{
+        _xmin-=xsize;
+        return *this;
+}
+box& box::extend_right(unsigned int xsize)
+{
+        _xmax+=xsize;
+        return *this;
+}
+box& box::extend_up(unsigned int ysize)
+{
+        _ymax+=ysize;
+        return *this;
+}
+box& box::extend_down(unsigned int ysize)
+{
+        _ymin-=ysize;
+        return *this;
+}
+box operator+(const box& b,const point& p)
+{
+        return box(
+                b.xmin()+p.x(),
+                b.ymin()+p.y(),
+                b.xmax()+p.x(),
+                b.ymax()+p.y());
+}
+box operator-(const box& b,const point& p)
+{
+        return box(
+                b.xmin()-p.x(),
+                b.ymin()-p.y(),
+                b.xmax()-p.x(),
+                b.ymax()-p.y());
+}
+box operator|(const box& b,const point& p)
+{
+        return box(
+                min(b.xmin(),p.x()),
+                min(b.ymin(),p.y()),
+                max(b.xmax(),p.x()),
+                max(b.ymax(),p.y()));
+}
+box operator+(const box& ba,const box& bb)
+{
+        return box(
+                ba.xmin()+bb.xmin(),
+                ba.ymin()+bb.ymin(),
+                ba.xmax()+bb.xmax(),
+                ba.ymax()+bb.ymax());
+}
+box operator-(const box& ba,const box& bb)
+{
+        return box(
+                ba.xmin()-bb.xmin(),
+                ba.ymin()-bb.ymin(),
+                ba.xmax()-bb.xmax(),
+                ba.ymax()-bb.ymax());
+}
+box operator|(const box& ba,const box& bb)
+{
+        return box(
+                min(ba.xmin(),bb.xmin()),
+                min(ba.ymin(),bb.ymin()),
+                max(ba.xmax(),bb.xmax()),
+                max(ba.ymax(),bb.ymax()));
+}
+box operator&(const box& ba,const box& bb)
+{
+        return box(
+                max(ba.xmin(),bb.xmin()),
+                max(ba.ymin(),bb.ymin()),
+                min(ba.xmax(),bb.xmax()),
+                min(ba.ymax(),bb.ymax()));
+}
+bool operator<=(const point& p,const box& b)
+{
+        return
+                (p.x()>=b.xmin())&&
+                (p.y()>=b.ymin())&&
+                (p.x()<b.xmax())&&
+                (p.y()<b.ymax());
+}
+bool operator==(const box& ba,const box& bb)
+{
+        return (
+                (ba.xmin()^bb.xmin())|
+                (ba.ymin()^bb.ymin())|
+                (ba.xmax()^bb.xmax())|
+                (ba.ymax()^bb.ymax()))==0;
+}
+bool operator!=(const box &ba,const box& bb)
+{
+        return (
+                (ba.xmin()^bb.xmin())|
+                (ba.ymin()^bb.ymin())|
+                (ba.xmax()^bb.xmax())|
+                (ba.ymax()^bb.ymax()))!=0;
+}
+ostream& operator<<(ostream& out,const box& b)
+{
+        out << '(' << b.xmin() << ',' << b.ymin() << ','
+                << b.xmax() << ',' << b.ymax() << ')';
+        return out;
+}
+}; /* namespace graphics */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/graphics/font.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,65
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_GRAPHICS_FONT
+#define _RTK_GRAPHICS_FONT
+#include <string>
+namespace rtk {
+namespace graphics {
+class point;
+class font
+{
+private:
+        /** A reference-counted structure for sharing font data. */
+        struct _font;
+        /** A pointer to the shared font data. */
+        _font* _f;
+public:
+        /** Construct font object.
+         * @param id the font identifier
+         * @param xsize the required font width (16 units = 1 point)
+         * @param ysize the required font height (16 units = 1 point)
+         */
+        font(const string& id,int xsize,int ysize);
+        /** Construct copy of font object.
+         * Font objects may be freely copied.  The underlying font handle
+         * is reference-counted and shared.
+         * @param f the font to be copied
+         */
+        font(const font& f);
+        /** Destroy font object.
+         */
+        ~font();
+        /** Assign font object.
+         * Font objects may be freely copied.  The underlying font handle
+         * is reference-counted and shared.
+         * @param f the font to be copied
+         */
+        font& operator=(const font& f);
+        /** Plot string to screen using font.
+         * @param s the string to plot
+         * @param p the point at which to begin plotting (in OS units)
+         */
+        void paint(const string& s,const point& p) const;
+        /** Get width required to plot string using font.
+         * @param s the string to plot
+         * @return the required width (in OS units)
+         */
+        int width(const string& s) const;
+};
+}; /* namespace graphics */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/graphics/Makefile
 New file
 ,0 → 1,22
+# This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+# Copyright © 2003-2004 Graham Shaw.
+# Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+# a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+CPPFLAGS = -Irtk_build:
+CXXFLAGS = -mthrowback -munixlib -mpoke-function-name -Wall -W -Wno-unused -O2
+include fixdeps:Rules/make
+OBJ = point.o \
+ box.o \
+ font.o \
+ gcontext.o \
+ vdu_gcontext.o
+all: timestamp
+timestamp: $(OBJ)
+        touch timestamp
+include $(OBJ:.o=.d)
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:executable
 + *
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/graphics/point.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,20
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include <iostream>
+#include "rtk/graphics/point.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace graphics {
+ostream& operator<<(ostream& out,const point& p)
+{
+        out << '(' << p.x() << ',' << p.y() << ')';
+        return out;
+}
+}; /* namespace graphics */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/graphics/vdu_gcontext.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,69
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/graphics/font.h"
+#include "rtk/graphics/vdu_gcontext.h"
+#include "rtk/os/os.h"
+#include "rtk/os/wimp.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace graphics {
+vdu_gcontext::vdu_gcontext(const point& _origin):
+        gcontext(_origin)
+{}
+vdu_gcontext::~vdu_gcontext()
+{}
+vdu_gcontext* vdu_gcontext::_current=0;
+void vdu_gcontext::current(vdu_gcontext* current)
+{
+        if (current!=_current)
+        {
+        current=current;
+                if (current)
+                {
+                        os::Wimp_SetColour(current->fcolour());
+                        os::Wimp_SetColour(current->bcolour()|0x80);
+                        os::Wimp_TextColour(current->fcolour());
+                        os::Wimp_TextColour(current->bcolour()|0x80);
+                }
+        }
+}
+void vdu_gcontext::plot(int code,const point& p)
+{
+        current(this);
+        os::OS_Plot(code,origin()+p);
+}
+void vdu_gcontext::draw(const string &s,const point& p)
+{
+        current(this);
+        os::Wimp_TextOp2(s.c_str(),origin()+p);
+}
+void vdu_gcontext::draw(const font& f,const string& s,const point& p)
+{
+        current(this);
+        f.paint(s,origin()+p);
+}
+void vdu_gcontext::fcolour_notify(int fcolour)
+{
+        os::Wimp_SetColour(fcolour);
+        os::Wimp_TextColour(fcolour);
+}
+void vdu_gcontext::bcolour_notify(int bcolour)
+{
+        os::Wimp_SetColour(bcolour|0x80);
+        os::Wimp_TextColour(bcolour|0x80);
+}
+}; /* namespace graphics */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/graphics/box.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,433
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_GRAPHICS_BOX
+#define _RTK_GRAPHICS_BOX
+#include "rtk/graphics/point.h"
+namespace std {
+class ostream;
+}; /* namespace std */
+namespace rtk {
+namespace graphics {
+/** A class for representing an axis-aligned box in a two-dimensional plane.
+ * Minimum values for coordinates are inclusive, maximum values are
+ * exclusive.  It is permissible, but not necessarily meaningful, for
+ * the maximum coordinate to be less than the minimum coordinate.
+ */
+class box
+{
+private:
+        /** The minimum x-coordinate. */
+        int _xmin;
+        /** The minimum y-coordinate. */
+        int _ymin;
+        /** The maximum x-coordinate. */
+        int _xmax;
+        /** The maximum y-coordinate. */
+        int _ymax;
+public:
+        /** Construct box with default coordinates of (0,0,0,0). */
+        box():
+                _xmin(0),
+                _ymin(0),
+                _xmax(0),
+                _ymax(0)
+                {}
+        /** Construct box given bottom-left and top-right corners.
+         * @param min the bottom-left corner (minimum x- and y-coordinates)
+         * @param max the top-right corner (maximum x- and y-coordinates)
+         */
+        box(const point& min,const point& max):
+                _xmin(min.x()),
+                _ymin(min.y()),
+                _xmax(max.x()),
+                _ymax(max.y())
+                {}
+        /** Construct box given minimum and maximum x- and y-coordinates.
+         * @param xmin the minimum x-coordinate
+         * @param ymin the minimum y-coordinate
+         * @param xmax the maximum x-coordinate
+         * @param ymax the maximum y-coordinate
+         */
+        box(int xmin,int ymin,int xmax,int ymax):
+                _xmin(xmin),
+                _ymin(ymin),
+                _xmax(xmax),
+                _ymax(ymax)
+                {}
+        /** Get minimum x-coordinate.
+         * This is the position of the left side of the box.
+         * @return the minimum x-coordinate
+         */
+        int xmin() const
+                { return _xmin; }
+        /** Get minimum y-coordinate.
+         * This is the position of the lower side of the box.
+         * @return the minimum y-coordinate
+         */
+        int ymin() const
+                { return _ymin; }
+        /** Get maximum x-coordinate.
+         * This is the position of the right side of the box.
+         * @return the maximum x-coordinate
+         */
+        int xmax() const
+                { return _xmax; }
+        /** Get maximum y-coordinate.
+         * This is the position of the upper side of the box.
+         * @return the maximum y-coordinate
+         */
+        int ymax() const
+                { return _ymax; }
+        /** Get point with minimum x-coordinate and minimum y-coordinate.
+         * This is the bottom-left corner of the box.
+         * @return a point with the specified coordinates
+         */
+        point xminymin() const
+                { return point(_xmin,_ymin); }
+        /** Get point with minimum x-coordinate and maximum y-coordinate.
+         * This is the top-left corner of the box.
+         * @return a point with the specified coordinates
+         */
+        point xminymax() const
+                { return point(_xmin,_ymax); }
+        /** Get point with maximum x-coordinate and minimum y-coordinate.
+         * This is the bottom-right corner of the box.
+         * @return a point with the specified coordinates
+         */
+        point xmaxymin() const
+                { return point(_xmax,_ymin); }
+        /** Get point with maximum x-coordinate and maximum y-coordinate.
+         * This is the top-right corner of the box.
+         * @return a point with the specified coordinates
+         */
+        point xmaxymax() const
+                { return point(_xmax,_ymax); }
+        /** Set minimum x-coordinate.
+         * @param xmin the required minimum x-coordinate
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        box& xmin(int xmin)
+                { _xmin=xmin; return *this; }
+        /** Set minimum y-coordinate.
+         * @param ymin the required minimum y-coordinate
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        box& ymin(int ymin)
+                { _ymin=ymin; return *this; }
+        /** Set maximum x-coordinate.
+         * @param xmax the required maximum x-coordinate
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        box& xmax(int xmax)
+                { _xmax=xmax; return *this; }
+        /** Set maximum y-coordinate.
+         * @param ymax the required maximum y-coordinate
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        box& ymax(int ymax)
+                { _ymax=ymax; return *this; }
+        /** Set minimum x-coordinate and minimum y-coordinate.
+         * @param p a point with the required x- and y-coordinates
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        box& xminymin(const point& p)
+                { _xmin=p.x(); _ymin=p.y(); return *this; }
+        /** Set minimum x-coordinate and maximum y-coordinate.
+         * @param p a point with the required x- and y-coordinates
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        box& set_xminymax(const point& p)
+                { _xmin=p.x(); _ymax=p.y(); return *this; }
+        /** Set maximum x-coordinate and minimum y-coordinate.
+         * @param p a point with the required x- and y-coordinates
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        box& set_xmaxymin(const point& p)
+                { _xmax=p.x(); _ymin=p.y(); return *this; }
+        /** Set maximum x-coordinate and maximum y-coordinate.
+         * @param p a point with the required x- and y-coordinates
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        box& set_xmaxymax(const point& p)
+                { _xmax=p.x(); _ymax=p.y(); return *this; }
+        /** Get size of box in x- and y-directions.
+         * @return a point with its x- and y-coordinates equal to the
+         *  width and height of the box respectively.
+         */
+        point size() const
+                { return point(_xmax-_xmin,_ymax-_ymin); }
+        /** Get size of box in x-direction.
+         * @return the size of the box in the x-direction
+         */
+        int xsize() const
+                { return _xmax-_xmin; }
+        /** Get size of box in y-direction.
+         * @return the size of the box in the y-direction
+         */
+        int ysize() const
+                { return _ymax-_ymin; }
+        /** Add components of a point.
+         * This operation can be used to move a box by an offset without
+         * changing its size.  The result overwrites the existing value of
+         * this.
+         * @param p the augend (a point)
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        box& operator+=(const point& p);
+        /** Subtract components of a point.
+         * This operation can be used to move a box by the reverse of an
+         * offset without changing its size.  The result overwrites the
+         * existing value of this.
+         * @param p the subtrahend (a point)
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        box& operator-=(const point& p);
+        /** Calculate union with a point.
+         * The result is the smallest box that contains both this box and
+         * the point.  It overwrites the existing value of this.
+         * @param p the point
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        box& operator|=(const point& p);
+        /** Add components of another box.
+         * This operation can be used to place a border around a box.
+         * For example, adding box(-1,-1,1,1) would expand the addend by
+         * one unit in every direction.  The result overwrites the existing
+         * value of this.
+         * @param b the augend (a box)
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        box& operator+=(const box& b);
+        /** Subtract components of another box.
+         * This operation can be used to remove a border from around a box.
+         * For example, subtracting box(-1,-1,1,1) would reduce the minuend by
+         * one unit in every direction.  The result overwrites the existing
+         * value of this.
+         * @param b the subtrahend (a box)
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        box& operator-=(const box& b);
+        /** Calculate union with another box.
+         * The result is the smallest box that contains both arguments.
+         * It overwrites the existing value of this.
+         * @param b the other box
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        box& operator|=(const box& b);
+        /** Calculate intersection with another box.
+         * The result is the largest box that is contained both by both
+         * arguments.  It overwrites the existing value of this.
+         * If the two boxes do not intersect then the result will have
+         * zero or negative height and/or width.
+         * @param b the other box
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        box& operator&=(const box& b);
+        /** Extend this box by attaching another box to its left side.
+         * This box is extended left by the width of b.  It is also
+         * extended upward and/or downward so that any y-coordinate
+         * contained within b is also contained within the result.
+         * @param b the extension box
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        box& extend_left(const box& b);
+        /** Extend this box by attaching another box to its right side.
+         * This box is extended right by the width of b.  It is also
+         * extended upward and/or downward so that any y-coordinate
+         * contained within b is also contained within the result.
+         * @param b the extension box
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        box& extend_right(const box& b);
+        /** Extend this box by attaching another box to its upper side.
+         * This box is extended upward by the height of b.  It is also
+         * extended left and/or right so that any x-coordinate
+         * contained within b is also contained within the result.
+         * @param b the extension box
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        box& extend_up(const box& b);
+        /** Extend this box by attaching another box to its lower side.
+         * This box is extended downward by the height of b.  It is also
+         * extended left and/or right so that any x-coordinate
+         * contained within b is also contained within the result.
+         * @param b the extension box
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        box& extend_down(const box& b);
+        /** Extend this box to the left.
+         * This box is extended left by xsize.
+         * @param xsize the distance by which to extend
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        box& extend_left(unsigned int xsize);
+        /** Extend this box to the right.
+         * @param xsize the distance by which to extend
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        box& extend_right(unsigned int xsize);
+        /** Extend this box upwards.
+         * @param ysize the distance by which to extend
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        box& extend_up(unsigned int ysize);
+        /** Extend this box downwards.
+         * @param ysize the distance by which to extend
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        box& extend_down(unsigned int ysize);
+};
+/** Add components of point to box.
+ * This operation can be used to move a box by an offset without changing
+ * its size.  The result is such that
+ * box(ax,ay,bx,by)+point(cx,cy)==box(ax+cx,ay+cy,bx+cx,by+cy).
+ * @param b the addend (a box)
+ * @param p the augend (a point)
+ * @return the sum
+ */
+box operator+(const box& b,const point& p);
+/** Subtract components of point from box.
+ * This operation can be used to move a box by the reverse of an offset
+ * without changing its size.  The result is such that
+ * box(ax,ay,bx,by)-point(cx,cy)==box(ax-cx,ay-cy,bx-cx,by-cy).
+ * @param b the minuend (a box)
+ * @param p the subtrahend (a point)
+ * @return the remainder
+ */
+box operator-(const box& b,const point& p);
+/** Calculate union of box and point.
+ * The result is the smallest box that contains both arguments.
+ * @param b the box
+ * @param p the point
+ * @return the union
+ */
+box operator|(const box& b,const point& p);
+/** Add components of one box to another.
+ * This operation can be used to place a border around a box.
+ * For example, adding box(-1,-1,1,1) would expand the addend by
+ * one unit in every direction.  The result is such that
+ * box(ax,ay,bx,by)+box(cx,cy,dx,dy)==box(ax+cx,ay+cy,bx+dx,by+dy).
+ * @param ba the addend (a box)
+ * @param bb the augend (another box)
+ * @return the sum
+ */
+box operator+(const box& ba,const box& bb);
+/** Subtract components of one box to another.
+ * This operation can be used to remove a border from around a box.
+ * For example, subtracting box(-1,-1,1,1) would reduce the minuend by
+ * one unit in every direction.  The result is such that
+ * box(ax,ay,bx,by)-box(cx,cy,dx,dy)==box(ax-cx,ay-cy,bx-dx,by-dy).
+ * @param ba the minuend (a box)
+ * @param bb the subtrahend (another box)
+ * @return the difference
+ */
+box operator-(const box& ba,const box& bb);
+/** Calculate union of two boxes.
+ * The result is the smallest box that contains both arguments.
+ * @param ba the first box
+ * @param bb the second box
+ * @return the union
+ */
+box operator|(const box& ba,const box& bb);
+/** Calculate intersection of two boxes.
+ * The result is the largest box contained within both arguments.
+ * If the arguments do not intersect then the result will have
+ * zero or negative height and/or width.
+ * @param ba the first box
+ * @param bb the second box
+ * @return the intersection
+ */
+box operator&(const box& ba,const box& bb);
+/** Test whether a point is inside a box.
+ * To be inside the box the coordinates of the point must be strictly
+ * less than the maximum coordinates of the box, but not less than
+ * the minimum coordinates.
+ * @param p the point
+ * @param b the box
+ * @return true if point is inside, otherwise false
+ */
+bool operator<=(const point& p,const box& b);
+/** Test whether two boxes coincide.
+ * @param ba the first box
+ * @param bb the second box
+ * @return true if the boxes coincide, otherwise false
+ */
+bool operator==(const box& ba,const box& bb);
+/** Test whether two boxes differ.
+ * @param ba the first box
+ * @param bb the second box
+ * @return true if the boxes differ, otherwise false
+ */
+bool operator!=(const box& ba,const box& bb);
+/** Write box to output stream.
+ * The output is human-readable and of the form (xmin,ymin,xmax,ymax).
+ * It uses whatever formatting state is applicable at the time.
+ * @param out the output stream
+ * @param b the box to be written
+ * @return a reference to the output stream
+ */
+ostream& operator<<(ostream& out,const box& b);
+}; /* namespace graphics */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/os/colourtrans.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,28
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/swi/colourtrans.h"
+#include "rtk/os/call_swi.h"
+#include "rtk/os/colourtrans.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace os {
+void ColourTrans_SetFontColours(int handle,int bcolour,int fcolour,int max,
+        int* _bcolour,int* _fcolour,int* _max)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=handle;
+        regs.r[1]=bcolour;
+        regs.r[2]=fcolour;
+        regs.r[3]=max;
+        call_swi(swi::ColourTrans_SetFontColours,&regs);
+        if (_bcolour) *_bcolour=regs.r[1];
+        if (_fcolour) *_fcolour=regs.r[2];
+        if (_max) *_max=regs.r[3];
+}
+}; /* namespace os */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/os/wimp.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,377
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/swi/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/os/call_swi.h"
+#include "rtk/os/wimp.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace os {
+void Wimp_Initialise(int version,const char* name,int* messages,
+        int* _version,int* _handle)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=version;
+        regs.r[1]=0x4B534154;
+        regs.r[2]=(int)name;
+        regs.r[3]=(int)messages;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_Initialise,&regs);
+        if (_version) *_version=regs.r[0];
+        if (_handle) *_handle=regs.r[1];
+}
+void Wimp_CreateWindow(const window_create& block,int* _handle)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)&block;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_CreateWindow,&regs);
+        if (_handle) *_handle=regs.r[0];
+}
+void Wimp_CreateIcon(int priority,const icon_create& block,int* _handle)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=priority;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)&block;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_CreateIcon,&regs);
+        if (_handle) *_handle=regs.r[0];
+}
+void Wimp_DeleteWindow(const window_delete& block)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)&block;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_DeleteWindow,&regs);
+}
+void Wimp_DeleteIcon(const icon_delete& block)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)&block;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_DeleteIcon,&regs);
+}
+void Wimp_OpenWindow(const window_open& block,int phandle,int flags)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)&block;
+        regs.r[2]=0x4b534154;
+        regs.r[3]=phandle;
+        regs.r[4]=flags;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_OpenWindow,&regs);
+}
+void Wimp_OpenWindow(const window_open& block)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)&block;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_OpenWindow,&regs);
+}
+void Wimp_CloseWindow(const window_close& block)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)&block;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_CloseWindow,&regs);
+}
+void Wimp_Poll(int mask,wimp_block& block,int* pollword,int* _code)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=mask;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)&block;
+        regs.r[3]=(int)pollword;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_Poll,&regs);
+        if (_code) *_code=regs.r[0];
+}
+void Wimp_RedrawWindow(window_redraw& block,int* _more)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)&block;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_RedrawWindow,&regs);
+        if (_more) *_more=regs.r[0];
+}
+void Wimp_UpdateWindow(window_redraw& block,int* _more)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)&block;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_UpdateWindow,&regs);
+        if (_more) *_more=regs.r[0];
+}
+void Wimp_GetRectangle(window_redraw& block,int* _more)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)&block;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_GetRectangle,&regs);
+        if (_more) *_more=regs.r[0];
+}
+void Wimp_GetWindowState(window_state_get& block)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)&block;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_GetWindowState,&regs);
+}
+void Wimp_SetIconState(icon_state_set& block)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)&block;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_SetIconState,&regs);
+}
+void Wimp_GetIconState(icon_state_get& block)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)&block;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_GetIconState,&regs);
+}
+void Wimp_GetPointerInfo(pointer_info_get& block)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)&block;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_GetPointerInfo,&regs);
+}
+void Wimp_DragBox(drag_box& block)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)&block;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_DragBox,&regs);
+}
+void Wimp_ForceRedraw(int handle,const box& bbox)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=handle;
+        regs.r[1]=bbox.xmin();
+        regs.r[2]=bbox.ymin();
+        regs.r[3]=bbox.xmax();
+        regs.r[4]=bbox.ymax();
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_ForceRedraw,&regs);
+}
+void Wimp_SetCaretPosition(int whandle,int ihandle,const point& p,
+        int height,int index)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=whandle;
+        regs.r[1]=ihandle;
+        regs.r[2]=p.x();
+        regs.r[3]=p.y();
+        regs.r[4]=height;
+        regs.r[5]=index;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_SetCaretPosition,&regs);
+}
+void Wimp_GetCaretPosition(caret_position_get& block)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)&block;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_GetCaretPosition,&regs);
+}
+void Wimp_CreateMenu(int handle,const point& p)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[1]=handle;
+        regs.r[2]=p.x();
+        regs.r[3]=p.y();
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_CreateMenu,&regs);
+}
+void Wimp_SetExtent(int handle,const box& workarea)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=handle;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)&workarea;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_SetExtent,&regs);
+}
+void Wimp_ProcessKey(int code)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=code;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_ProcessKey,&regs);
+}
+void Wimp_StartTask(const char* command,int* _handle)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=(int)command;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_StartTask,&regs);
+        if (_handle) *_handle=regs.r[0];
+}
+void Wimp_ReportError(const _kernel_oserror &block,const char* title,
+        int flags,int* _result)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        if (title==0) title="";
+        regs.r[0]=(int)&block;
+        regs.r[1]=flags;
+        regs.r[2]=(int)title;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_ReportError,&regs);
+        if (_result) *_result=regs.r[1];
+}
+void Wimp_ReportError(int errnum,const char* message,const char* title,
+        int flags,int* _result)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        _kernel_oserror block;
+        block.errnum=errnum;
+        strcpy(block.errmess,message);
+        if (title==0) title="";
+        regs.r[0]=(int)&block;
+        regs.r[1]=flags;
+        regs.r[2]=(int)title;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_ReportError,&regs);
+        if (_result) *_result=regs.r[1];
+}
+void Wimp_SetColour(int colour)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=colour;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_SetColour,&regs);
+}
+void Wimp_SendMessage(int wimpcode,wimp_block& wimpblock,int thandle,
+        int ihandle,int* _thandle)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=wimpcode;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)&wimpblock;
+        regs.r[2]=thandle;
+        regs.r[3]=ihandle;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_SendMessage,&regs);
+        if (_thandle) *_thandle=regs.r[2];
+}
+void Wimp_CreateSubMenu(int handle,const point& p)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[1]=handle;
+        regs.r[2]=p.x();
+        regs.r[3]=p.y();
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_CreateSubMenu,&regs);
+}
+void Wimp_SpriteOp40(const char* name,int* _xsize,int* _ysize,
+        int* _mask,int* _mode)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=40;
+        regs.r[2]=(int)name;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_SpriteOp,&regs);
+        if (_xsize) *_xsize=regs.r[3];
+        if (_ysize) *_ysize=regs.r[4];
+        if (_mask) *_mask=regs.r[5];
+        if (_mode) *_mode=regs.r[6];
+}
+void Wimp_ReadPixTrans(sprite_area* area,const char* name,
+        unsigned int* _scale,unsigned char* _table)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=(area)?0x100:0x000;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)area;
+        regs.r[2]=(int)name;
+        regs.r[6]=(int)_scale;
+        regs.r[7]=(int)_table;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_ReadPixTrans,&regs);
+}
+void Wimp_ReadPixTrans(sprite_area* area,sprite* sp,
+        unsigned int* _scale,unsigned char* _table)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=0x200;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)area;
+        regs.r[2]=(int)sp;
+        regs.r[6]=(int)_scale;
+        regs.r[7]=(int)_table;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_ReadPixTrans,&regs);
+}
+void Wimp_TextColour(int colour)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=colour;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_TextColour,&regs);
+}
+void Wimp_TransferBlock(int src_thandle,const void* src_buffer,
+        int dst_thandle,void* dst_buffer,unsigned int count)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=src_thandle;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)src_buffer;
+        regs.r[2]=dst_thandle;
+        regs.r[3]=(int)dst_buffer;
+        regs.r[4]=count;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_TransferBlock,&regs);
+}
+void Wimp_ReadSysInfo(int index,int* _r0,int* _r1)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=index;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_ReadSysInfo,&regs);
+        if (_r0) *_r0=regs.r[0];
+        if (_r1) *_r1=regs.r[1];
+}
+void Wimp_TextOp0(int fcolour,int bcolour)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=0;
+        regs.r[1]=fcolour;
+        regs.r[2]=bcolour;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_TextOp,&regs);
+}
+void Wimp_TextOp1(const char* s,int count,int* _width)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=1;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)s;
+        regs.r[2]=count;
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_TextOp,&regs);
+        if (_width) *_width=regs.r[0];
+}
+void Wimp_TextOp2(const char* s,const point& p)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=2;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)s;
+        regs.r[2]=-1;
+        regs.r[3]=-1;
+        regs.r[4]=p.x();
+        regs.r[5]=p.y();
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_TextOp,&regs);
+}
+void Wimp_ResizeIcon(int whandle,int ihandle,const box& bbox)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=whandle;
+        regs.r[1]=ihandle;
+        regs.r[2]=bbox.xmin();
+        regs.r[3]=bbox.ymin();
+        regs.r[4]=bbox.xmax();
+        regs.r[5]=bbox.ymax();
+        call_swi(swi::Wimp_ResizeIcon,&regs);
+}
+}; /* namespace os */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/os/colourtrans.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,27
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_OS_COLOURTRANS
+#define _RTK_OS_COLOURTRANS
+namespace rtk {
+namespace os {
+/** Set colours for use by font manager.
+ * @param handle the font handle, or 0 for the current font
+ * @param bcolour the background palette entry
+ * @param fcolour the foreground palette entry
+ * @param max the maximum foreground colour offset (0-14)
+ * @param _bcolour a buffer for the returned background logical colour
+ * @param _fcolour a buffer for the returned foreground logical colour
+ * @param _max a buffer for the returned maximum sensible colour offset
+ */
+void ColourTrans_SetFontColours(int handle,int bcolour,int fcolour,int max,
+        int* _bcolour,int* _fcolour,int* _max);
+}; /* namespace os */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/os/exception.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,23
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include <kernel.h>
+#include "rtk/os/exception.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace os {
+exception::exception(_kernel_oserror* err):
+        _err(err)
+{}
+const char* exception::what() const
+{
+        return _err->errmess;
+}
+}; /* namespace os */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/os/wimp.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,585
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_OS_WIMP
+#define _RTK_OS_WIMP
+#include "kernel.h"
+#include "rtk/graphics/point.h"
+#include "rtk/graphics/box.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace os {
+using rtk::graphics::point;
+using rtk::graphics::box;
+struct sprite;
+struct sprite_area;
+/** A union to represent a Wimp event block. */
+union wimp_block
+{
+        /** The event block as an array of bytes. */
+        char byte[256];
+        /** The event block as an array of words. */
+        int word[64];
+};
+/** A union to represent a Wimp icon data block. */
+union icon_data
+{
+        /** The icon data as an array of words. */
+        int word[3];
+        /** The icon data as an array of pointers. */
+        void* pointer[3];
+        /** The icon data as an array of const pointers. */
+        const void* const_pointer[3];
+};
+/** A structure to represent the state of an icon. */
+struct icon
+{
+        /** The bounding box. */
+        box bbox;
+        /** The icon flags. */
+        int flags;
+        /** The icon data. */
+        icon_data data;
+};
+/** A structure for specifying a window handle and an icon handle. */
+struct icon_base
+{
+        /** The window handle. */
+        int whandle;
+        /** The icon handle. */
+        int ihandle;
+};
+/** A structure for use by Wimp_CreateIcon. */
+struct icon_create
+{
+        /** The window handle. */
+        int whandle;
+        /** The icon state. */
+        os::icon icon;
+};
+/** A structure for use by Wimp_DeleteIcon. */
+struct icon_delete:
+        public icon_base
+{};
+/** A structure for use by Wimp_GetIconState. */
+struct icon_state_get:
+        public icon_base
+{
+        /** The icon state. */
+        os::icon icon;
+};
+/** A structure for use by Wimp_SetIconState. */
+struct icon_state_set:
+        public icon_base
+{
+        /** The exclusive-or mask. */
+        int eor;
+        /** The bit-inverse-clear mask. */
+        int bic;
+};
+/** A structure for use by Wimp_GetPointerInfo. */
+struct pointer_info_get
+{
+        /** The pointer position. */
+        point p;
+        /** The mouse button state. */
+        int buttons;
+        /** The handle of the window containing the pointer.
+         * (-1 for backdrop, -2 for icon bar.)
+         */
+        int whandle;
+        /** The handle of the icon containing the pointer.
+         * (-1 for work area, -2 to -13 for window furniture: see PRM.)
+         */
+        int ihandle;
+};
+/** A structure for use by Wimp_GetCaretPosition. */
+struct caret_position_get:
+        public icon_base
+{
+        /** The caret position. */
+        point p;
+        /** The caret height. */
+        int height;
+        /** The character index. */
+        int index;
+};
+/** A window block containing word 0 only. */
+struct window_base_1
+{
+        /** The window handle. */
+        int handle;
+};
+/** A window block containing words 0 to 6 inclusive. */
+struct window_base_7:
+        public window_base_1
+{
+        /** The visible area bounding box. */
+        box bbox;
+        /** The scroll offset. */
+        point scroll;
+};
+/** A window block containing words 0 to 7 inclusive. */
+struct window_base_8:
+        public window_base_7
+{
+        /** The handle of the window about this one in the stack.
+         * (-1 for top, -2 for bottom.)
+         */
+        int behind;
+};
+/** A window block containing words 0 to 8 inclusive. */
+struct window_base_9:
+        public window_base_8
+{
+        /** The window flags. */
+        int wflags;
+};
+/** A structure for use by Wimp_CreateWindow. */
+struct window_create
+{
+        /** The visible area bounding box. */
+        box bbox;
+        /** The scroll offset. */
+        point scroll;
+        /** The handle of the window about this one in the stack.
+         * (-1 for top, -2 for bottom.)
+         */
+        int behind;
+        /** The window flags. */
+        int wflags;
+        /** The title foreground colour. */
+        char tf_colour;
+        /** The title background colour. */
+        char tb_colour;
+        /** The work area foreground colour. */
+        char wf_colour;
+        /** The work area background colour. */
+        char wb_colour;
+        /** The outer scroll bar colour. */
+        char so_colour;
+        /** The inner scroll bar colour. */
+        char si_colour;
+        /** The title background colour when highlighted. */
+        char th_colour;
+        /** Reserved (must be 0). */
+        char reserved;
+        /** The work area extent. */
+        box workarea;
+        /** The title bar icon flags. */
+        int tflags;
+        /** The work area flags (giving the button type). */
+        int waflags;
+        /** The sprite area pointer. */
+        int spritearea;
+        /** The minimum width of the window. */
+        int minxsize:16;
+        /** The minimum height of the window. */
+        int minysize:16;
+        /** The title bar icon data. */
+        icon_data title;
+        /** The number of icons. */
+        int numicons;
+};
+/** A structure for use by Wimp_DeleteWindow. */
+struct window_delete:
+        public window_base_1
+{};
+/** A structure for use by Wimp_OpenWindow. */
+struct window_open:
+        public window_base_8
+{};
+/** A structure for use by Wimp_CloseWindow. */
+struct window_close:
+        public window_base_1
+{};
+/** A structure for use by Wimp_GetWindowState. */
+struct window_state_get:
+        public window_base_9
+{};
+/** A structure for use by Wimp_GetRectangle and related functions. */
+struct window_redraw:
+        public window_base_7
+{
+        /** The current clip box. */
+        box clip;
+};
+/** A structure to represent a RISC OS menu item. */
+struct menu_item
+{
+        /** The menu flags. */
+        int mflags;
+        /** The submenu pointer or dialogue box handle. */
+        int submenu;
+        /** The icon flags. */
+        int iflags;
+        /** The icon data. */
+        icon_data icon;
+};
+/** A structure to represent a RISC OS menu.
+ * The structure defined here contains one menu item.  Use size_of
+ * and casts to create menus with different lengths.
+ */
+struct menu
+{
+        /** The icon data for the title. */
+        icon_data title;
+        /** The title foreground colour. */
+        char tf_colour;
+        /** The title background colour. */
+        char tb_colour;
+        /** The work area foreground colour. */
+        char wf_colour;
+        /** The work area background colour. */
+        char wb_colour;
+        /** The width of the menu. */
+        int width;
+        /** The height of each menu item. */
+        int height;
+        /** The gap between menu items. */
+        int gap;
+        /** The first menu item. */
+        menu_item item[1];
+};
+/** A structure for use by Wimp_DragBox. */
+struct drag_box
+{
+        int whandle;
+        int type;
+        box dbox;
+        box pbox;
+        int r12;
+        int draw_func;
+        int remove_func;
+        int move_func;
+};
+/** Register a task with the window manager.
+ * @param version the most recent window manager version number known to
+ *  task, multiplied by 100
+ * @param name the task name (null terminated)
+ * @param messages a pointer to a null-terminated list of messages that
+ *  the task wishes to receive
+ * @param _version a buffer for the returned window manager version
+ * @param _handle a buffer for the returned task handle
+ */
+void Wimp_Initialise(int version,const char* name,int* messages,
+        int* _version,int* _handle);
+/** Create window.
+ * @param block the window block
+ * @param _handle a buffer for the returned window handle
+ */
+void Wimp_CreateWindow(const window_create& block,int* _handle);
+/** Create icon.
+ * @param priority the icon handle or priority
+ * @param block the icon block
+ * @param _handle a buffer for the returned icon handle
+ */
+void Wimp_CreateIcon(int priority,const icon_create& block,int* _handle);
+/** Delete window.
+ * @param block the window block
+ */
+void Wimp_DeleteWindow(const window_delete& block);
+/** Delete icon.
+ * @param block the icon block
+ */
+void Wimp_DeleteIcon(const icon_delete& block);
+/** Open window.
+ * @param block the window block
+ */
+void Wimp_OpenWindow(const window_open& block);
+/** Open window (nested).
+ * @param block the window block
+ * @param phandle the parent window handle (-1 if none)
+ * @param flags the nesting flags
+ */
+void Wimp_OpenWindow(const window_open& block,int phandle,int flags);
+/** Close window.
+ * @param block the window block
+ */
+void Wimp_CloseWindow(const window_close& block);
+/** Poll Wimp.
+ * @param mask the event mask
+ * @param block the event block
+ * @param pollword the pollword
+ * @param _code a buffer for the returned event code
+ */
+void Wimp_Poll(int mask,wimp_block& block,int* pollword,int* _code);
+/** Begin redraw of window (in response to Wimp_Poll).
+ * @param block the redraw block
+ * @param _more a buffer for the returned control flag (true if more to do,
+ *  otherwise false)
+ */
+void Wimp_RedrawWindow(window_redraw& block,int* _more);
+/** Begin redraw of window (at any time).
+ * @param block the redraw block
+ * @param _more a buffer for the returned control flag (true if more to do,
+ *  otherwise false)
+ */
+void Wimp_UpdateWindow(window_redraw& block,int* _more);
+/** Get next rectangle for redraw.
+ * @param block the redraw block
+ * @param _more a buffer for the returned control flag (true if more to do,
+ *  otherwise false)
+ */
+void Wimp_GetRectangle(window_redraw& block,int* _more);
+/** Get window state.
+ * @param block the window block
+ */
+void Wimp_GetWindowState(window_state_get& block);
+/** Set icon state.
+ * @param block the icon block
+ */
+void Wimp_SetIconState(icon_state_set& block);
+/** Get icon state.
+ * @param block the icon block
+ */
+void Wimp_GetIconState(icon_state_get& block);
+/** Get position of pointer and state of mouse buttons.
+ * @param block the pointer information block
+ */
+void Wimp_GetPointerInfo(pointer_info_get& block);
+/** Begin drag operation.
+ * @param block the drag box box
+ */
+void Wimp_DragBox(drag_box& block);
+/** Force area of screen or window to be redrawn.
+ * @param handle the window handle (-1 for desktop, -2 for icon bar)
+ * @param bbox the area to be redrawn
+ */
+void Wimp_ForceRedraw(int handle,const box& bbox);
+/** Set caret position.
+ * @param whandle the window handle (-1 to disown caret)
+ * @param ihandle the icon handle (-1 if none)
+ * @param p the required caret position
+ * @param height the required caret height (-1 if using index)
+ * @param index the required character index (-1 if not specified)
+ */
+void Wimp_SetCaretPosition(int whandle,int ihandle,const point& p,
+        int height,int index);
+/** Get caret position.
+ * @param block the caret position block
+ */
+void Wimp_GetCaretPosition(caret_position_get& block);
+/** Create top-level dialogue box.
+ * @param handle the window handle
+ * @param p the required position of the top left-hand corner of
+ *  the visible area
+ */
+void Wimp_CreateMenu(int handle,const point& p);
+/** Create top-level menu.
+ * @param m the menu data
+ * @param p the required position of the top left-hand corner of
+ *  the visible area
+ */
+inline void Wimp_CreateMenu(os::menu* m,const point& p)
+        { Wimp_CreateMenu((int)m,p); }
+/** Set extent of window.
+ * @param handle the window handle
+ * @param workarea the required dimensions of the work area
+ */
+void Wimp_SetExtent(int handle,const box& workarea);
+/** Create or pass on keypress.
+ * @param code the character code
+ */
+void Wimp_ProcessKey(int code);
+/** Start child task.
+ * @param command the command to be executed (null terminated)
+ * @param _handle buffer for returned task handle (0 if none)
+ */
+void Wimp_StartTask(const char* command,int* _handle);
+/** Report error.
+ * @param block the RISC OS error block
+ * @param title the application name (null terminated, for use
+ *  in the window title)
+ * @param flags the error dialogue flags
+ * @param _result a buffer for the response (0=none, 1=OK, 2=cancel)
+ */
+void Wimp_ReportError(const _kernel_oserror& block,const char* title,
+        int flags,int* _result);
+/** Report error.
+ * @param errnum the RISC OS error number
+ * @param message the error message (null terminated)
+ * @param title the application name (null terminated, for use in
+ *  the window title)
+ * @param flags the error dialogue flags
+ * @param _result a buffer for the response (0=none, 1=OK, 2=cancel)
+ */
+void Wimp_ReportError(int errnum,const char* message,const char* title,
+        int flags,int* _result);
+/** Set graphics colour to a standard Wimp colour.
+ * @param colour the required standard colour (bits 0-3), GCOL action
+ *  (bits 4-6) and foreground (bit 7=0) or background (bit 7=1) flag
+ */
+void Wimp_SetColour(int colour);
+/** Send message.
+ * @param wimpcode the Wimp event code
+ * @param block the message
+ * @param thandle the destination task handle or window handle
+ *  (-2=icon bar)
+ * @param ihandle the icon handle (if thandle==-2)
+ * @param _thandle a buffer for the returned task handle
+ */
+void Wimp_SendMessage(int wimpcode,wimp_block& block,int thandle,
+        int ihandle,int* _thandle);
+/** Create dialogue box within menu tree.
+ * @param handle the window handle
+ * @param p the required position of the top left-hand corner of
+ *  the visible area
+ */
+void Wimp_CreateSubMenu(int handle,const point& p);
+/** Create sub-menu.
+ * @param m the menu data
+ * @param p the required position of the top left-hand corner of
+ *  the visible area
+ */
+inline void Wimp_CreateSubMenu(os::menu* m,const point& p)
+        { Wimp_CreateSubMenu((int)m,p); }
+/** Read sprite information.
+ * This function is equivalent to OS_SpriteOp40, but is limited to
+ * sprites in the Wimp sprite pool.
+ * @param name the null-terminated sprite name
+ * @param _xsize a buffer for the returned width in pixels
+ * @param _ysize a buffer for the returned height in pixels
+ * @param _mask a buffer for the returned mask flag
+ * @param _mode a buffer for the returned sprite mode
+ */
+void Wimp_SpriteOp40(const char* name,int* _xsize,int* _ysize,
+        int* _mask,int* _mode);
+/** Read pixel translation table for sprite (by name).
+ * @param area the sprite area that contains the sprite (0 for system
+ *  area, 1 for Wimp sprite area)
+ * @param name the name of the sprite
+ * @param _scale a buffer for the returned scale factors (4 words)
+ * @param _table a buffer for the returned translation table
+ *  (2, 4 or 16 bytes)
+ */
+void Wimp_ReadPixTrans(sprite_area* area,const char* name,
+        unsigned int* _scale,unsigned char* _table);
+/** Read pixel translation table for sprite (by pointer).
+ * @param area the sprite area that contains the sprite (0 for system
+ *  area)
+ * @param sp the sprite pointer
+ * @param _scale a buffer for the returned scale factors (4 words)
+ * @param _table a buffer for the returned translation table
+ *  (2, 4 or 16 bytes)
+ */
+void Wimp_ReadPixTrans(sprite_area* area,sprite* sp,
+        unsigned int* _scale,unsigned char* _table);
+/** Set text colour to a standard Wimp colour.
+ * @param colour the required standard colour (bits 0-3), and foreground
+ *  (bit 7=0) or background (bit 7=1) flag
+ */
+void Wimp_TextColour(int colour);
+/** Transfer data from one task to another.
+ * @param src_thandle the source task handle
+ * @param src_buffer the source buffer
+ * @param dst_thandle the destination task handle
+ * @param dst_buffer the destination buffer
+ * @param count the number of bytes to transfer
+ */
+void Wimp_TransferBlock(int src_thandle,const void* src_buffer,
+        int dst_thandle,void* dst_buffer,unsigned int count);
+/** Read system information.
+ * @param index an index to select the required information
+ * @param _r0 a buffer for the value returned in R0
+ * @param _r1 a buffer for the value returned in R1 (if any)
+ */
+void Wimp_ReadSysInfo(int index,int* _r0,int* _r1);
+/** Set colours for use by Wimp_TextOp2.
+ * @param fcolour the foreground palette entry
+ * @param bcolour the background palette entry
+ */
+void Wimp_TextOp0(int fcolour,int bcolour);
+/** Determine width required to plot string using desktop font.
+ * @param s the string to be plotted (control character terminated)
+ * @param count the number of characters to include
+ * @param _width a buffer for the returned width
+ */
+void Wimp_TextOp1(const char* s,int count,int* _width);
+/** Plot string to screen using desktop font.
+ * @param s the string to plot (null terminated)
+ * @param p the point at which to begin plotting
+ */
+void Wimp_TextOp2(const char* s,const point& p);
+/** Resize or move icon.
+ * @param whandle the window handle (-1 for iconbar)
+ * @param ihandle the icon handle
+ * @param bbox the required bounding box
+ */
+void Wimp_ResizeIcon(int whandle,int ihandle,const box& bbox);
+}; /* namespace os */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/os/call_swi.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,32
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_OS_SWI
+#define _RTK_OS_SWI
+#include "kernel.h"
+#include "rtk/os/exception.h"
+class _kernel_swi_regs;
+namespace rtk {
+namespace os {
+/** Call a RISC OS software interrupt.
+ * @param number the software interrupt number
+ * @param regs the register state (for input and output)
+ */
+inline void call_swi(unsigned int number,_kernel_swi_regs* regs)
+{
+        const int X=0x20000;
+        _kernel_oserror* err=_kernel_swi(X+number,regs,regs);
+        if (err) throw exception(err);
+}
+}; /* namespace os */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

/tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/os/timestamp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:keywords
+ Author Date Id Revision
Added: svn:eol-style
+ native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/os/exception.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,49
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_OS_EXCEPTION
+#define _RTK_OS_EXCEPTION
+#include <exception>
+#include "kernel.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace os {
+/** An exception class to represent a RISC OS error block.
+ */
+class exception:
+        public std::exception
+{
+private:
+        /** A pointer to the RISC OS error block. */
+        _kernel_oserror* _err;
+public:
+        /** Construct exception from RISC OS error block.
+         * The error block is not copied, and must remain in existence for
+         * the lifetime of the exception object.  It is not freed when the
+         * exception object is destroyed (in part because it is likely to
+         * be owned by the operating system rather than the application).
+         * @param err a pointer to the error block
+         */
+        exception(_kernel_oserror* err);
+        /** Destroy exception.
+         */
+        virtual ~exception() {}
+        /** Get message.
+         * The value returned is a pointer into the original error block used
+         * to construct the exception object.  It is supposed to remain valid
+         * for at least the lifetime of this object.
+         * @return the message from the error block
+         */
+        virtual const char* what() const;
+};
+}; /* namespace os */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/os/os.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,269
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include <kernel.h>
+#include "rtk/swi/os.h"
+#include "rtk/os/call_swi.h"
+#include "rtk/os/os.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace os {
+void OS_Byte161(int address,int* _value)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=161;
+        regs.r[1]=address;
+        call_swi(swi::OS_Byte,&regs);
+        if (_value) *_value=regs.r[2];
+}
+void OS_File1(const char* name,unsigned int loadaddr,unsigned int execaddr,
+        unsigned int attr)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=1;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)name;
+        regs.r[2]=loadaddr;
+        regs.r[3]=execaddr;
+        regs.r[5]=attr;
+        call_swi(swi::OS_File,&regs);
+}
+void OS_File4(const char* name,unsigned int attr)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=4;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)name;
+        regs.r[5]=attr;
+        call_swi(swi::OS_File,&regs);
+}
+void OS_File6(const char* name,unsigned int* _objtype,unsigned int* _loadaddr,
+        unsigned int* _execaddr,unsigned int* _length,unsigned int* _attr)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=6;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)name;
+        call_swi(swi::OS_File,&regs);
+        if (_objtype) *_objtype=regs.r[0];
+        if (_loadaddr) *_loadaddr=regs.r[2];
+        if (_execaddr) *_execaddr=regs.r[3];
+        if (_length) *_length=regs.r[4];
+        if (_attr) *_attr=regs.r[5];
+}
+void OS_File8(const char* name,unsigned int entries)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=8;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)name;
+        regs.r[4]=entries;
+        call_swi(swi::OS_File,&regs);
+}
+void OS_File17(const char* name,unsigned int* _objtype,unsigned int* _loadaddr,
+        unsigned int* _execaddr,unsigned int* _length,unsigned int* _attr)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=17;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)name;
+        call_swi(swi::OS_File,&regs);
+        if (_objtype) *_objtype=regs.r[0];
+        if (_loadaddr) *_loadaddr=regs.r[2];
+        if (_execaddr) *_execaddr=regs.r[3];
+        if (_length) *_length=regs.r[4];
+        if (_attr) *_attr=regs.r[5];
+}
+void OS_File18(const char* name,unsigned int filetype)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=18;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)name;
+        regs.r[2]=filetype;
+        call_swi(swi::OS_File,&regs);
+}
+void OS_Args5(int handle,bool* _eof)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=5;
+        regs.r[1]=handle;
+        call_swi(swi::OS_Args,&regs);
+        if (_eof) *_eof=regs.r[2]!=0;
+}
+void OS_Find(int code,const char* name,const char* path,int* _handle)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=code;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)name;
+        regs.r[2]=(int)path;
+        call_swi(swi::OS_Find,&regs);
+        if (_handle) *_handle=regs.r[0];
+}
+void OS_Find0(int handle)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=0;
+        regs.r[1]=handle;
+        call_swi(swi::OS_Find,&regs);
+}
+void OS_GBPB2(int handle,const void* buffer,unsigned int count,
+        unsigned int* _fp)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=2;
+        regs.r[1]=handle;
+        regs.r[2]=(int)buffer;
+        regs.r[3]=count;
+        call_swi(swi::OS_GBPB,&regs);
+        if (_fp) *_fp=regs.r[4];
+}
+void OS_GBPB4(int handle,void* buffer,unsigned int count,
+        unsigned int* _excess,unsigned int* _fp)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=4;
+        regs.r[1]=handle;
+        regs.r[2]=(int)buffer;
+        regs.r[3]=count;
+        call_swi(swi::OS_GBPB,&regs);
+        if (_excess) *_excess=regs.r[3];
+        if (_fp) *_fp=regs.r[4];
+}
+void OS_GBPB12(const char* name,void* buffer,unsigned int count,
+        int offset,unsigned int length,const char* pattern,
+        unsigned int* _count,int* _offset)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=12;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)name;
+        regs.r[2]=(int)buffer;
+        regs.r[3]=count;
+        regs.r[4]=offset;
+        regs.r[5]=length;
+        regs.r[6]=(int)pattern;
+        call_swi(swi::OS_GBPB,&regs);
+        if (_count) *_count=regs.r[3];
+        if (_offset) *_offset=regs.r[4];
+}
+void OS_SetVarVal(const char* varname,const char* value,unsigned int length,
+        unsigned int context,unsigned int vartype,unsigned int* _context,
+        unsigned int* _vartype)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=(int)varname;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)value;
+        regs.r[2]=length;
+        regs.r[3]=context;
+        regs.r[4]=vartype;
+        call_swi(swi::OS_SetVarVal,&regs);
+        if (_context) *_context=regs.r[3];
+        if (_vartype) *_vartype=regs.r[4];
+}
+void OS_FSControl25(const char* src_name,const char* dst_name)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=25;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)src_name;
+        regs.r[2]=(int)dst_name;
+        call_swi(swi::OS_FSControl,&regs);
+}
+void OS_FSControl26(const char* src_name,const char* dst_name,
+        unsigned int mask,unsigned long long start_time,
+        unsigned long long end_time,void* extra_info)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=26;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)src_name;
+        regs.r[2]=(int)dst_name;
+        regs.r[3]=mask;
+        regs.r[4]=start_time>>0;
+        regs.r[5]=start_time>>32;
+        regs.r[6]=end_time>>0;
+        regs.r[7]=end_time>>32;
+        regs.r[8]=(int)extra_info;
+        call_swi(swi::OS_FSControl,&regs);
+}
+void OS_FSControl37(const char* pathname,char* buffer,const char* pathvar,
+        const char* path,unsigned int size,unsigned int* _size)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=37;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)pathname;
+        regs.r[2]=(int)buffer;
+        regs.r[3]=(int)pathvar;
+        regs.r[4]=(int)path;
+        regs.r[5]=size;
+        call_swi(swi::OS_FSControl,&regs);
+        if (_size) *_size=regs.r[5];
+}
+void OS_SpriteOp40(sprite_area* area,sprite* sp,int* _xsize,int* _ysize,
+        int* _mask,int* _mode)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=0x228;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)area;
+        regs.r[2]=(int)sp;
+        call_swi(swi::OS_SpriteOp,&regs);
+        if (_xsize) *_xsize=regs.r[3];
+        if (_ysize) *_ysize=regs.r[4];
+        if (_mask) *_mask=regs.r[5];
+        if (_mode) *_mode=regs.r[6];
+}
+void OS_SpriteOp40(sprite_area* area,const char* name,int* _xsize,int* _ysize,
+        int* _mask,int* _mode)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=(area)?0x128:0x028;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)area;
+        regs.r[2]=(int)name;
+        call_swi(swi::OS_SpriteOp,&regs);
+        if (_xsize) *_xsize=regs.r[3];
+        if (_ysize) *_ysize=regs.r[4];
+        if (_mask) *_mask=regs.r[5];
+        if (_mode) *_mode=regs.r[6];
+}
+void OS_ReadModeVariable(int index,int* _value)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=-1;
+        regs.r[1]=index;
+        call_swi(swi::OS_ReadModeVariable,&regs);
+        if (_value) *_value=regs.r[2];
+}
+void OS_Plot(int code,const point& p)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=code;
+        regs.r[1]=p.x();
+        regs.r[2]=p.y();
+        call_swi(swi::OS_Plot,&regs);
+}
+void OS_ReadMonotonicTime(unsigned int* _time)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        call_swi(swi::OS_ReadMonotonicTime,&regs);
+        if (_time) *_time=regs.r[0];
+}
+}; /* namespace os */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/os/os.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,224
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_OS_OS
+#define _RTK_OS_OS
+#include "rtk/graphics/point.h"
+#include "rtk/graphics/box.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace os {
+using rtk::graphics::point;
+using rtk::graphics::box;
+struct sprite;
+struct sprite_area;
+struct file_info
+{
+        unsigned int loadaddr;
+        unsigned int execaddr;
+        unsigned int length;
+        unsigned int attr;
+        unsigned int objtype;
+        unsigned int filetype;
+        char name[];
+};
+/** Read byte from CMOS RAM.
+ * @param address the address to read
+ * @param _value a buffer for the returned value
+ */
+void OS_Byte161(int address,int* _value);
+/** Write catalogue information.
+ * @param name the object name
+ * @param loadaddr the required load address
+ * @param execaddr the required execution address
+ * @param attr the required file attributes
+ */
+void OS_File1(const char* name,unsigned int loadaddr,unsigned int execaddr,
+        unsigned int attr);
+/** Write file attributes.
+ * @param name the object name
+ * @param attr the required file attributes
+ */
+void OS_File4(const char* name,unsigned int attr);
+/** Delete object.
+ * @param name the object name
+ * @param _objtype a buffer for the returned object type
+ * @param _loadaddr a buffer for the returned load address
+ * @param _execaddr a buffer for the returned execution address
+ * @param _length a buffer for the returned object length
+ * @param _attr a buffer for the returned object attributes
+ */
+void OS_File6(const char* name,unsigned int* _objtype,unsigned int* _loadaddr,
+        unsigned int* _execaddr,unsigned int* _length,unsigned int* _attr);
+/** Create directory.
+ * @param name the object name
+ * @param entries the initial number of entries, or 0 for default
+ */
+void OS_File8(const char* name,unsigned int entries);
+/** Read catalogue information.
+ * @param name the object name
+ * @param _objtype a buffer for the returned object type
+ * @param _loadaddr a buffer for the returned load address
+ * @param _execaddr a buffer for the returned execution address
+ * @param _length a buffer for the returned object length
+ * @param _attr a buffer for the returned object attributes
+ */
+void OS_File17(const char* name,unsigned int* _objtype,unsigned int* _loadaddr,
+        unsigned int* _execaddr,unsigned int* _length,unsigned int* _attr);
+/** Write filetype.
+ * @param name the object name
+ * @param filetype the required filetype
+ */
+void OS_File18(const char* name,unsigned int filetype);
+/** Read EOF status.
+ * @param handle the file handle
+ * @param _eof a buffer for the returned EOF status (true=EOF)
+ */
+void OS_Args5(int handle,bool* _eof);
+/** Open file.
+ * @param code the reason code
+ * @param name the object name
+ * @param path the path (if any)
+ * @param _handle a buffer for the returned file handle
+ */
+void OS_Find(int code,const char* name,const char* path,int* _handle);
+/** Close file.
+ * @param handle the file handle
+ */
+void OS_Find0(int handle);
+/** Write bytes to file.
+ * @param handle the file handle
+ * @param buffer the data to be written
+ * @param count the number of bytes to be written
+ * @param _fp a buffer for the returned file pointer
+ */
+void OS_GBPB2(int handle,const void* buffer,unsigned int count,
+        unsigned int* _fp);
+/** Read bytes from file.
+ * @param handle the file handle
+ * @param buffer a buffer for the data to be read
+ * @param count the number of bytes to be read
+ * @param _excess a buffer for the returned number of bytes not transferred
+ * @param _fp a buffer for the returned file pointer
+ */
+void OS_GBPB4(int handle,void* buffer,unsigned int count,
+        unsigned int* _excess,unsigned int* _fp);
+/** Read catalogue information from directory.
+ * @param name the directory pathname
+ * @param buffer a buffer for the catalogue entries to be read
+ * @param count the number of catalogue entries to be read
+ * @param offset the offset at which to begin
+ * @param length the length of the buffer
+ * @param pattern the pattern to match
+ * @param _count a buffer for the returned number of directory entries read
+ * @param _offset a buffer for the returned offset, or -1 if finished
+ */
+void OS_GBPB12(const char* name,void* buffer,unsigned int count,
+        int offset,unsigned int length,const char* pattern,
+        unsigned int* _count,int* _offset);
+/** Set system variable.
+ * @param varname the variable name
+ * @param value the required value
+ * @param length the length of the required value
+ * @param context the context pointer, or 0 if none
+ * @param vartype the variable type
+ * @param _context a buffer for the returned context pointer
+ * @param _vartype a buffer for the returned variable type
+ */
+void OS_SetVarVal(const char* varname,const char* value,unsigned int length,
+        unsigned int context,unsigned int vartype,unsigned int* _context,
+        unsigned int* _vartype);
+/** Rename object.
+ * @param src_name the source name
+ * @param dst_name the destination name
+ */
+void OS_FSControl25(const char* src_name,const char* dst_name);
+/** Copy objects.
+ * @param src_name the source name
+ * @param dst_name the destination name
+ * @param mask a bitmap describing the required action
+ * @param start_time the optional inclusive start time
+ * @param end_time the optional inclusive end time
+ * @param extra_info an optional pointer to extra information
+ */
+void OS_FSControl26(const char* src_name,const char* dst_name,
+        unsigned int mask,unsigned long long start_time,
+        unsigned long long end_time,void* extra_info);
+/** Canonicalise pathname.
+ * @param name the object name
+ * @param buffer a buffer for the result
+ * @param pathvar the name of a system variable containing the path
+ * @param path the path to use if path_variable is null or non-existant
+ * @param size the size of the buffer
+ * @param _size the space remaining after the result (but the terminator)
+ *  has been placed in the buffer
+ */
+void OS_FSControl37(const char* name,char* buffer,const char* pathvar,
+        const char* path,unsigned int size,unsigned int* _size);
+/** Read sprite information (given pointer).
+ * @param area the sprite area
+ * @param sp the sprite pointer
+ * @param _xsize a buffer for the returned horizontal size
+ * @param _ysize a buffer for the returned vertical size
+ * @param _mask a buffer for the returned mask status
+ * @param _mode a buffer for the returned screen mode
+ */
+void OS_SpriteOp40(sprite_area* area,sprite* sp,int* _xsize,int* _ysize,
+        int* _mask,int* _mode);
+/** Read sprite information (given name).
+ * @param area the sprite area
+ * @param name the sprite name
+ * @param _xsize a buffer for the returned horizontal size
+ * @param _ysize a buffer for the returned vertical size
+ * @param _mask a buffer for the returned mask status
+ * @param _mode a buffer for the returned screen mode
+ */
+void OS_SpriteOp40(sprite_area* area,const char* name,int* _xsize,int* _ysize,
+        int* _mask,int* _mode);
+/** Read mode variable.
+ * @param index the variable number
+ * @param _value a buffer for the returned value
+ */
+void OS_ReadModeVariable(int index,int* _value);
+/** Read monotonic time.
+ * @param _time a buffer for the returned time (in centiseconds)
+ */
+void OS_ReadMonotonicTime(unsigned int* _time);
+/** Plot point.
+ * @param code the plot action code
+ * @param p the point to plot
+ */
+void OS_Plot(int code,const point& p);
+}; /* namespace os */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/os/dragasprite.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,32
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/swi/dragasprite.h"
+#include "rtk/os/call_swi.h"
+#include "rtk/os/dragasprite.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace os {
+void DragASprite_Start(int flags,sprite_area* area,const char* name,
+        box* dbox,box* pbox)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=flags;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)area;
+        regs.r[2]=(int)name;
+        regs.r[3]=(int)dbox;
+        regs.r[4]=(int)pbox;
+        call_swi(swi::DragASprite_Start,&regs);
+}
+void DragASprite_Stop()
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        call_swi(swi::DragASprite_Stop,&regs);
+}
+}; /* namespace os */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/os/font.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,70
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/graphics/point.h"
+#include "rtk/swi/font.h"
+#include "rtk/os/call_swi.h"
+#include "rtk/os/font.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace os {
+void Font_FindFont(const char* id,int xsize,int ysize,int xres,int yres,
+        int* _handle,int* _xres,int* _yres)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)id;
+        regs.r[2]=xsize;
+        regs.r[3]=ysize;
+        regs.r[4]=xres;
+        regs.r[5]=yres;
+        call_swi(swi::Font_FindFont,&regs);
+        if (_handle) *_handle=regs.r[0];
+        if (_xres) *_xres=regs.r[4];
+        if (_yres) *_yres=regs.r[5];
+}
+void Font_LoseFont(int handle)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=handle;
+        call_swi(swi::Font_LoseFont,&regs);
+}
+void Font_Paint(int handle,const char* s,int plot,const point& p,void* coord,
+        void* trans,int length)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=handle;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)s;
+        regs.r[2]=plot;
+        regs.r[3]=p.x();
+        regs.r[4]=p.y();
+        regs.r[5]=(int)coord;
+        regs.r[6]=(int)trans;
+        regs.r[7]=length;
+        call_swi(swi::Font_Paint,&regs);
+}
+void Font_ScanString(int handle,const char* s,int plot,const point& p,
+        void* coord,void* trans,int length,int* _split,point* _p,int* _length)
+{
+        _kernel_swi_regs regs;
+        regs.r[0]=handle;
+        regs.r[1]=(int)s;
+        regs.r[2]=plot;
+        regs.r[3]=p.x();
+        regs.r[4]=p.y();
+        regs.r[5]=(int)coord;
+        regs.r[6]=(int)trans;
+        regs.r[7]=length;
+        call_swi(swi::Font_ScanString,&regs);
+        if (_split) *_split=regs.r[1];
+        if (_p) *_p=point(regs.r[3],regs.r[4]);
+        if (_length) *_length=regs.r[7];
+}
+}; /* namespace os */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/os/dragasprite.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,41
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_OS_DRAGASPRITE
+#define _RTK_OS_DRAGASPRITE
+#include "rtk/graphics/box.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace os {
+using rtk::graphics::box;
+struct sprite_area;
+/** Start dragging sprite.
+ * The flags are:
+ * - bits 0-1 = horizontal location (00=left, 01=centre, 10=right)
+ * - bits 2-3 = vertical location (00=bottom, 01=centre, 10=top)
+ * - bits 4-5 = parent bounding box identity (00=screen, 01=window, 10=pbox)
+ * - bit 6 = parent bounding box applies to (0=dragged box, 1=pointer)
+ * - bit 7 = drop shadow (0=false, 1=true)
+ *
+ * @param flags the flags
+ * @param area the sprite area (0=system, 1=wimp)
+ * @param name the sprite name
+ * @param dbox the dragged box
+ * @param pbox the parent box
+ */
+void DragASprite_Start(int flags,sprite_area* area,const char* name,
+        box* dbox,box* pbox);
+/** Stop dragging sprite. */
+void DragASprite_Stop();
+}; /* namespace os */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/os/font.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,78
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_OS_FONT
+#define _RTK_OS_FONT
+namespace rtk {
+namespace graphics {
+class point;
+}; /* namespace graphics */
+namespace os {
+using rtk::graphics::point;
+/** Obtain handle for font.
+ * @param id the font identifier (null terminated)
+ * @param xsize the required font width (16 units = 1 point)
+ * @param ysize the required font height (16 units = 1 point)
+ * @param xres the required horizontal resolution (dots per inch,
+ *  or 0 to use default, or -1 to use current)
+ * @param yres the required vertical resolution (dot per inch,
+ *  or 0 to use default, or -1 to use current)
+ * @param _handle a buffer for the returned font handle
+ * @param _xres a buffer for the returned horizontal resolution
+ * @param _yres a buffer for the returned vertical resolution
+ */
+void Font_FindFont(const char* id,int xsize,int ysize,int xres,int yres,
+        int* _handle,int* _xres,int* _yres);
+/** Release handle for font.
+ * @param handle the handle to be released
+ */
+void Font_LoseFont(int handle);
+/** Plot string to screen using font.
+ * Termination of the string is desirable whether or not flag bit 7 is set
+ * because the byte after the last printable character must be readable.
+ * It must be terminated if bit 7 is clear.
+ * @param handle the font handle
+ * @param s the string to plot (normally null terminated)
+ * @param plot the plot method flags
+ * @param p the point at which to begin plotting (OS coordinates or
+ *  millipoints, depending on flag bit 4)
+ * @param coord the coordinate block (if flag bit 5 set)
+ * @param trans the transformation block (if flag bit 6 set)
+ * @param length the length of the string
+ */
+void Font_Paint(int handle,const char* s,int plot,const point& p,void* coord,
+        void* trans,int length);
+/** Return information about how string would be plotted using font.
+ * @param handle the font handle
+ * @param s the string to plot (normally null terminated)
+ * @param plot the plot method flags
+ * @param p the offset to mouse click (if flag bit 17 set), else
+ *  the offset to split point
+ * @param coord the coordinate block (if flag bit 5 and/or 18 set)
+ * @param trans the transformation block (if flag bit 6 and/or 19 set)
+ * @param length the length of the string
+ * @param _split a buffer for the returned character offset to caret position
+ *  (if flag bit 17 set), else to split point
+ * @param _p a buffer for the returned spatial offset to caret position
+ *  (if flag bit 17 set), else to split point
+ * @param _length the number of split characters encountered (if flag
+ *  bit 20 set), else length of string
+ */
+void Font_ScanString(int handle,const char* s,int plot,const point& p,
+        void* coord,void* trans,int length,int* _split,point* _p,int* _length);
+}; /* namespace os */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/os/Makefile
 New file
 ,0 → 1,23
+# This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+# Copyright © 2003-2004 Graham Shaw.
+# Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+# a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+CPPFLAGS = -Irtk_build:
+CXXFLAGS = -mthrowback -munixlib -mpoke-function-name -Wall -W -Wno-unused -O2
+include fixdeps:Rules/make
+OBJ = exception.o \
+ os.o \
+ font.o \
+ wimp.o \
+ colourtrans.o \
+ dragasprite.o
+all: timestamp
+timestamp: $(OBJ)
+        touch timestamp
+include $(OBJ:.o=.d)
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:executable
 + *
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/swi/colourtrans.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,52
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_SWI_COLOURTRANS
+#define _RTK_SWI_COLOURTRANS
+namespace rtk {
+namespace swi {
+const int ColourTrans_SelectTable       =0x40740;
+const int ColourTrans_SelectGCOLTable   =0x40741;
+const int ColourTrans_ReturnGCOL        =0x40742;
+const int ColourTrans_SetGCOL           =0x40743;
+const int ColourTrans_ReturnColourNumber=0x40744;
+const int ColourTrans_ReturnGCOLForMode =0x40745;
+const int ColourTrans_ReturnColourNumberForMode=0x40746;
+const int ColourTrans_ReturnOppGCOL     =0x40747;
+const int ColourTrans_SetOppGCOL        =0x40748;
+const int ColourTrans_ReturnOppColourNumber=0x40749;
+const int ColourTrans_ReturnOppGCOLForMode=0x4074A;
+const int ColourTrans_ReturnOppColourNumberForMode=0x4074B;
+const int ColourTrans_GCOLToColourNumber=0x4074C;
+const int ColourTrans_ColourNumberToGCOL=0x4074D;
+const int ColourTrans_ReturnFontColours =0x4074E;
+const int ColourTrans_SetFontColours    =0x4074F;
+const int ColourTrans_InvalidateCache   =0x40750;
+const int ColourTrans_SetCalibration    =0x40751;
+const int ColourTrans_ReadCalibration   =0x40752;
+const int ColourTrans_ConvertDeviceColour=0x40753;
+const int ColourTrans_ConvertDevicePalette=0x40754;
+const int ColourTrans_ConvertRGBToCIE   =0x40755;
+const int ColourTrans_ConvertCIEToRGB   =0x40756;
+const int ColourTrans_WriteCalibrationToFile=0x40757;
+const int ColourTrans_ConvertRGBToHSV   =0x40758;
+const int ColourTrans_ConvertHSVToRGB   =0x40759;
+const int ColourTrans_ConvertRGBToCMYK  =0x4075A;
+const int ColourTrans_ConvertCMYKToRGB  =0x4075B;
+const int ColourTrans_ReadPalette       =0x4075C;
+const int ColourTrans_WritePalette      =0x4075D;
+const int ColourTrans_SetColour         =0x4075E;
+const int ColourTrans_MiscOp            =0x4075F;
+const int ColourTrans_WriteLoadingsToFile=0x40760;
+const int ColourTrans_SetTextColour     =0x40761;
+const int ColourTrans_SetOppTextColour  =0x40762;
+const int ColourTrans_GenerateTable     =0x40763;
+}; /* namespace swi */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/swi/wimp.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,139
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_SWI_WIMP
+#define _RTK_SWI_WIMP
+namespace rtk {
+namespace swi {
+const int Wimp_Initialise       =0x400C0;
+const int Wimp_CreateWindow     =0x400C1;
+const int Wimp_CreateIcon       =0x400C2;
+const int Wimp_DeleteWindow     =0x400C3;
+const int Wimp_DeleteIcon       =0x400C4;
+const int Wimp_OpenWindow       =0x400C5;
+const int Wimp_CloseWindow      =0x400C6;
+const int Wimp_Poll             =0x400C7;
+const int Wimp_RedrawWindow     =0x400C8;
+const int Wimp_UpdateWindow     =0x400C9;
+const int Wimp_GetRectangle     =0x400CA;
+const int Wimp_GetWindowState   =0x400CB;
+const int Wimp_GetWindowInfo    =0x400CC;
+const int Wimp_SetIconState     =0x400CD;
+const int Wimp_GetIconState     =0x400CE;
+const int Wimp_GetPointerInfo   =0x400CF;
+const int Wimp_DragBox          =0x400D0;
+const int Wimp_ForceRedraw      =0x400D1;
+const int Wimp_SetCaretPosition =0x400D2;
+const int Wimp_GetCaretPosition =0x400D3;
+const int Wimp_CreateMenu       =0x400D4;
+const int Wimp_DecodeMenu       =0x400D5;
+const int Wimp_WhichIcon        =0x400D6;
+const int Wimp_SetExtent        =0x400D7;
+const int Wimp_SetPointerShape  =0x400D8;
+const int Wimp_OpenTemplate     =0x400D9;
+const int Wimp_CloseTemplate    =0x400DA;
+const int Wimp_LoadTemplate     =0x400DB;
+const int Wimp_ProcessKey       =0x400DC;
+const int Wimp_CloseDown        =0x400DD;
+const int Wimp_StartTask        =0x400DE;
+const int Wimp_ReportError      =0x400DF;
+const int Wimp_GetWindowOutline =0x400E0;
+const int Wimp_PollIdle         =0x400E1;
+const int Wimp_PlotIcon         =0x400E2;
+const int Wimp_SetMode          =0x400E3;
+const int Wimp_SetPalette       =0x400E4;
+const int Wimp_ReadPalette      =0x400E5;
+const int Wimp_SetColour        =0x400E6;
+const int Wimp_SendMessage      =0x400E7;
+const int Wimp_CreateSubMenu    =0x400E8;
+const int Wimp_SpriteOp         =0x400E9;
+const int Wimp_BaseOfSprites    =0x400EA;
+const int Wimp_BlockCopy        =0x400EB;
+const int Wimp_SlotSize         =0x400EC;
+const int Wimp_ReadPixTrans     =0x400ED;
+const int Wimp_ClaimFreeMemory  =0x400EE;
+const int Wimp_CommandWindow    =0x400EF;
+const int Wimp_TextColour       =0x400F0;
+const int Wimp_TransferBlock    =0x400F1;
+const int Wimp_ReadSysInfo      =0x400F2;
+const int Wimp_SetFontColours   =0x400F3;
+const int Wimp_GetMenuState     =0x400F4;
+const int Wimp_RegisterFilter   =0x400F5;
+const int Wimp_AddMessages      =0x400F6;
+const int Wimp_RemoveMessages   =0x400F7;
+const int Wimp_SetColourMapping =0x400F8;
+const int Wimp_TextOp           =0x400F9;
+const int Wimp_SetWatchdogState =0x400FA;
+const int Wimp_Extend           =0x400FB;
+const int Wimp_ResizeIcon       =0x400FC;
+const int Null_Reason_Code      =0;
+const int Redraw_Window_Request =1;
+const int Open_Window_Request   =2;
+const int Close_Window_Request  =3;
+const int Pointer_Leaving_Window=4;
+const int Pointer_Entering_Window=5;
+const int Mouse_Click           =6;
+const int User_Drag_Box         =7;
+const int Key_Pressed           =8;
+const int Menu_Selection        =9;
+const int Scroll_Request        =10;
+const int Lose_Caret            =11;
+const int Gain_Caret            =12;
+const int PollWord_NonZero      =13;
+const int User_Message          =17;
+const int User_Message_Recorded =18;
+const int User_Message_Acknowledge=19;
+const int Message_Quit          =0x00;
+const int Message_DataSave      =0x01;
+const int Message_DataSaveAck   =0x02;
+const int Message_DataLoad      =0x03;
+const int Message_DataLoadAck   =0x04;
+const int Message_DataOpen      =0x05;
+const int Message_RAMFetch      =0x06;
+const int Message_RAMTransmit   =0x07;
+const int Message_PreQuit       =0x08;
+const int Message_PaletteChange =0x09;
+const int Message_SaveDesktop   =0x0A;
+const int Message_DeviceClaim   =0x0B;
+const int Message_DeviceInUse   =0x0C;
+const int Message_DataSaved     =0x0D;
+const int Message_Shutdown      =0x0E;
+const int Message_FilerOpenDir  =0x400;
+const int Message_FilerCloseDir =0x401;
+const int Message_FilerOpenDirAt=0x402;
+const int Message_FilerSelectionDirectory=0x403;
+const int Message_FilerAddSelection=0x404;
+const int Message_FilerAction   =0x405;
+const int Message_FilerControlAction=0x406;
+const int Message_FilerSelection=0x407;
+const int Message_AlarmSet      =0x500;
+const int Message_AlarmGoneOff  =0x501;
+const int Message_HelpRequest   =0x502;
+const int Message_HelpReply     =0x503;
+const int Message_MenuWarning   =0x400C0;
+const int Message_ModeChange    =0x400C1;
+const int Message_TaskInitialise=0x400C2;
+const int Message_TaskClosedown =0x400C3;
+const int Message_SlotSize      =0x400C4;
+const int Message_SetSlot       =0x400C5;
+const int Message_TaskNameRq    =0x400C6;
+const int Message_TaskNameIs    =0x400C7;
+const int Message_TaskStarted   =0x400C8;
+const int Message_MenusDeleted  =0x400C9;
+const int Message_Iconize       =0x400CA;
+const int Message_WindowClosed  =0x400CB;
+const int Message_WindowInfo    =0x400CC;
+}; /* namespace swi */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/swi/os.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,177
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_SWI_OS
+#define _RTK_SWI_OS
+namespace rtk {
+namespace swi {
+const int OS_WriteC             =0x00;
+const int OS_WriteS             =0x01;
+const int OS_Write0             =0x02;
+const int OS_NewLine            =0x03;
+const int OS_ReadC              =0x04;
+const int OS_CLI                =0x05;
+const int OS_Byte               =0x06;
+const int OS_Word               =0x07;
+const int OS_File               =0x08;
+const int OS_Args               =0x09;
+const int OS_BGet               =0x0A;
+const int OS_BPut               =0x0B;
+const int OS_GBPB               =0x0C;
+const int OS_Find               =0x0D;
+const int OS_ReadLine           =0x0E;
+const int OS_Control            =0x0F;
+const int OS_GetEnv             =0x10;
+const int OS_Exit               =0x11;
+const int OS_SetEnv             =0x12;
+const int OS_IntOn              =0x13;
+const int OS_IntOff             =0x14;
+const int OS_CallBack           =0x15;
+const int OS_EnterOS            =0x16;
+const int OS_BreakPt            =0x17;
+const int OS_BreakCtrl          =0x18;
+const int OS_UnusedSWI          =0x19;
+const int OS_UpdateMEMC         =0x1A;
+const int OS_SetCallBack        =0x1B;
+const int OS_Mouse              =0x1C;
+const int OS_Heap               =0x1D;
+const int OS_Module             =0x1E;
+const int OS_Claim              =0x1F;
+const int OS_Release            =0x20;
+const int OS_ReadUnsigned       =0x21;
+const int OS_GenerateEvent      =0x22;
+const int OS_ReadVarVal         =0x23;
+const int OS_SetVarVal          =0x24;
+const int OS_GSInit             =0x25;
+const int OS_GSRead             =0x26;
+const int OS_GSTrans            =0x27;
+const int OS_BinaryToDecimal    =0x28;
+const int OS_FSControl          =0x29;
+const int OS_ChangeDynamicArea  =0x2A;
+const int OS_GenerateError      =0x2B;
+const int OS_ReadEscapeState    =0x2C;
+const int OS_EvaluateExpression =0x2D;
+const int OS_SpriteOp           =0x2E;
+const int OS_ReadPalette        =0x2F;
+const int OS_ServiceCall        =0x30;
+const int OS_ReadVduVariables   =0x31;
+const int OS_ReadPoint          =0x32;
+const int OS_UpCall             =0x33;
+const int OS_CallAVector        =0x34;
+const int OS_ReadModeVariable   =0x35;
+const int OS_RemoveCursors      =0x36;
+const int OS_RestoreCursors     =0x37;
+const int OS_SWINumberToString  =0x38;
+const int OS_SWINumberFromString=0x39;
+const int OS_ValidateAddress    =0x3A;
+const int OS_CallAfter          =0x3B;
+const int OS_CallEvery          =0x3C;
+const int OS_RemoveTickerEvent  =0x3D;
+const int OS_InstallKeyHandler  =0x3E;
+const int OS_CheckModeValid     =0x3F;
+const int OS_ChangeEnvironment  =0x40;
+const int OS_ClaimScreenMemory  =0x41;
+const int OS_ReadMonotonicTime  =0x42;
+const int OS_SubstituteArgs     =0x43;
+const int OS_PrettyPrint        =0x44;
+const int OS_Plot               =0x45;
+const int OS_WriteN             =0x46;
+const int OS_AddToVector        =0x47;
+const int OS_WriteEnv           =0x48;
+const int OS_ReadArgs           =0x49;
+const int OS_ReadRAMFsLimits    =0x4A;
+const int OS_ClaimDeviceVector  =0x4B;
+const int OS_ReleaseDeviceVector=0x4C;
+const int OS_DelinkApplication  =0x4D;
+const int OS_RelinkApplication  =0x4E;
+const int OS_HeapSort           =0x4F;
+const int OS_ExitAndDie         =0x50;
+const int OS_ReadMemMapInfo     =0x51;
+const int OS_ReadMemMapEntries  =0x52;
+const int OS_SetMemMapEntries   =0x53;
+const int OS_AddCallBack        =0x54;
+const int OS_ReadDefaultHandler =0x55;
+const int OS_SetECFOrigin       =0x56;
+const int OS_SerialOp           =0x57;
+const int OS_ReadSysInfo        =0x58;
+const int OS_Confirm            =0x59;
+const int OS_ChangedBox         =0x5A;
+const int OS_CRC                =0x5B;
+const int OS_ReadDynamicArea    =0x5C;
+const int OS_PrintChar          =0x5D;
+const int OS_ChangeRedirection  =0x5E;
+const int OS_RemoveCallBack     =0x5F;
+const int OS_FindMemMapEntries  =0x60;
+const int OS_SetColour          =0x61;
+const int OS_Pointer            =0x64;
+const int OS_ScreenMode         =0x65;
+const int OS_DynamicArea        =0x66;
+const int OS_Memory             =0x68;
+const int OS_ClaimProcessorVector=0x69;
+const int OS_Reset              =0x6A;
+const int OS_MMUControl         =0x6B;
+const int OS_ResyncTime         =0x6C;
+const int OS_PlatformFeatures   =0x6D;
+const int OS_SynchroniseCodeAreas=0x6E;
+const int OS_CallASWI           =0x6F;
+const int OS_AMBControl         =0x70;
+const int OS_CallASWIR12        =0x71;
+const int OS_SpecialControl     =0x72;
+const int OS_EnterUSR32         =0x73;
+const int OS_EnterUSR26         =0x74;
+const int OS_ConvertStandardDateAndTime=0xC0;
+const int OS_ConvertDateAndTime =0xC1;
+const int OS_ConvertHex1        =0xD0;
+const int OS_ConvertHex2        =0xD1;
+const int OS_ConvertHex4        =0xD2;
+const int OS_ConvertHex6        =0xD3;
+const int OS_ConvertHex8        =0xD4;
+const int OS_ConvertCardinal1   =0xD5;
+const int OS_ConvertCardinal2   =0xD6;
+const int OS_ConvertCardinal3   =0xD7;
+const int OS_ConvertCardinal4   =0xD8;
+const int OS_ConvertInteger1    =0xD9;
+const int OS_ConvertInteger2    =0xDA;
+const int OS_ConvertInteger3    =0xDB;
+const int OS_ConvertInteger4    =0xDC;
+const int OS_ConvertBinary1     =0xDD;
+const int OS_ConvertBinary2     =0xDE;
+const int OS_ConvertBinary3     =0xDF;
+const int OS_ConvertBinary4     =0xE0;
+const int OS_ConvertSpacedCardinal1=0xE1;
+const int OS_ConvertSpacedCardinal2=0xE2;
+const int OS_ConvertSpacedCardinal3=0xE3;
+const int OS_ConvertSpacedCardinal4=0xE4;
+const int OS_ConvertSpacedInteger1=0xE5;
+const int OS_ConvertSpacedInteger2=0xE6;
+const int OS_ConvertSpacedInteger3=0xE7;
+const int OS_ConvertSpacedInteger4=0xE8;
+const int OS_ConvertFixedNetStation=0xE9;
+const int OS_ConvertNetStation  =0xEA;
+const int OS_ConvertFixedFileSize=0xEB;
+const int OS_ConvertFileSize    =0xEC;
+const int OS_WriteI             =0x100;
+const int ModeFlags     =0;
+const int ScrRCol       =1;
+const int ScrBRow       =2;
+const int NColour       =3;
+const int XEigFactor    =4;
+const int YEigFactor    =5;
+const int LineLength    =6;
+const int ScreenSize    =7;
+const int YShftFactor   =8;
+const int Log2BPP       =9;
+const int Log2BPC       =10;
+const int XWindLimit    =11;
+const int YWindLimit    =12;
+}; /* namespace swi */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/swi/dragasprite.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,18
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_SWI_DRAGASPRITE
+#define _RTK_SWI_DRAGASPRITE
+namespace rtk {
+namespace swi {
+const int DragASprite_Start     =0x42400;
+const int DragASprite_Stop      =0x42401;
+}; /* namespace swi */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/swi/font.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,57
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_SWI_FONT
+#define _RTK_SWI_FONT
+namespace rtk {
+namespace swi {
+const int Font_CacheAddr        =0x40080;
+const int Font_FindFont         =0x40081;
+const int Font_LoseFont         =0x40082;
+const int Font_ReadDefn         =0x40083;
+const int Font_ReadInfo         =0x40084;
+const int Font_StringWidth      =0x40085;
+const int Font_Paint            =0x40086;
+const int Font_Caret            =0x40087;
+const int Font_ConverttoOS      =0x40088;
+const int Font_Converttopoints  =0x40089;
+const int Font_SetFont          =0x4008A;
+const int Font_CurrentFont      =0x4008B;
+const int Font_FutureFont       =0x4008C;
+const int Font_FindCaret        =0x4008D;
+const int Font_CharBBox         =0x4008E;
+const int Font_ReadScaleFactor  =0x4008F;
+const int Font_SetScaleFactor   =0x40090;
+const int Font_ListFonts        =0x40091;
+const int Font_SetFontColours   =0x40092;
+const int Font_SetPalette       =0x40093;
+const int Font_ReadThresholds   =0x40094;
+const int Font_SetThresholds    =0x40095;
+const int Font_FindCaretJ       =0x40096;
+const int Font_StringBBox       =0x40097;
+const int Font_ReadColourTable  =0x40098;
+const int Font_MakeBitmap       =0x40099;
+const int Font_UnCacheFile      =0x4009A;
+const int Font_SetFontMax       =0x4009B;
+const int Font_ReadFontMax      =0x4009C;
+const int Font_ReadFontPrefix   =0x4009D;
+const int Font_SwitchOutputToBuffer=0x4009E;
+const int Font_ReadFontMetrics  =0x4009F;
+const int Font_DecodeMenu       =0x400A0;
+const int Font_ScanString       =0x400A1;
+const int Font_SetColourTable   =0x400A2;
+const int Font_CurrentRGB       =0x400A3;
+const int Font_FutureRGB        =0x400A4;
+const int Font_ReadEncodingFilename=0x400A5;
+const int Font_FindField        =0x400A6;
+const int Font_ApplyFields      =0x400A7;
+const int Font_LookupFont       =0x400A8;
+}; /* namespace swi */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

/tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/timestamp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:keywords
+ Author Date Id Revision
Added: svn:eol-style
+ native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/ramfetch.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,72
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_EVENTS_RAMFETCH
+#define _RTK_EVENTS_RAMFETCH
+#include "rtk/events/message.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace os {
+union wimp_block;
+}; /* namespace os */
+namespace events {
+/** A class to represent a RISC OS Message_RAMFetch user message. */
+class ramfetch:
+        public message
+{
+public:
+        /** A mixin class for handling ramfetch events.
+         * If a class wishes to receive ramfetch events then it should
+         * inherit from this mixin class and provide an implementation for
+         * handle_event().
+         */
+        class handler
+        {
+        public:
+                /** Handle ramfetch event.
+                 * @param ev the ramfetch event to be handled
+                 */
+                virtual void handle_event(ramfetch& ev)=0;
+        };
+        /** Construct ramfetch event.
+         * @param target the target of the event
+         * @param wimpcode the Wimp event code
+         * @param wimpblock the Wimp event block
+         */
+        ramfetch(desktop::component& target,int wimpcode,
+                os::wimp_block& wimpblock);
+        /** Destroy ramfetch event.
+         */
+        virtual ~ramfetch();
+protected:
+        virtual bool deliver(desktop::component& dest);
+public:
+        /** Get data transfer buffer.
+         * @return the data transfer buffer
+         */
+        void* buffer() const;
+        /** Get size of the data transfer buffer.
+         * @return the size of the data transfer buffer
+         */
+        unsigned int buffer_size() const;
+        /** Send Message_RAMTransmit in reply to this event.
+         * @param count the number of bytes transferred
+         */
+        void reply(unsigned int count) const;
+};
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/close_window.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,61
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003-2004 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_EVENTS_CLOSE_WINDOW
+#define _RTK_EVENTS_CLOSE_WINDOW
+#include "rtk/events/event.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace desktop {
+class basic_window;
+}; /* namespace desktop */
+namespace events {
+/** A class to represent a RISC OS Close_Window_Request event.
+ */
+class close_window:
+        public event
+{
+public:
+        /** A mixin class for handling close_window events.
+         * If a class wishes to receive close_window events then it should
+         * inherit from this mixin class and provide an implementation for
+         * handle_event().
+         */
+        class handler
+        {
+        public:
+                /** Handle close_window event.
+                 * @param ev the close_window event to be handled
+                 */
+                virtual void handle_event(close_window& ev)=0;
+        };
+        /** Construct close_window event.
+         * @param target the target of the event (the window to be closed)
+         */
+        close_window(desktop::basic_window& target);
+        /** Destroy close_window event.
+         */
+        virtual ~close_window();
+        /** Get target.
+         * @return the target of the event (the window to be closed)
+         */
+        desktop::basic_window* target() const
+                { return (desktop::basic_window*)event::target(); }
+protected:
+        virtual bool deliver(desktop::component& dest);
+};
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/help_request.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,55
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/swi/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/os/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/application.h"
+#include "rtk/events/help_request.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+using rtk::desktop::component;
+help_request::help_request(component& target,os::wimp_block& wimpblock):
+        event(target),
+        _position(point(wimpblock.word[5],wimpblock.word[6])),
+        _buttons(wimpblock.word[7]),
+        _msg_ref(wimpblock.word[2]),
+        _help_task(wimpblock.word[1])
+{
+        // Calculate origin of target with respect to origin of screen.
+        point origin;
+        target.parent_application(origin);
+        // Translate pointer location from coordinate space of screen
+        // to coordinate space of target.
+        _position-=origin;
+}
+help_request::~help_request()
+{}
+bool help_request::deliver(component& dest)
+{
+        handler* h=dynamic_cast<handler*>(&dest);
+        if (h) h->handle_event(*this);
+        return h;
+}
+void help_request::reply(const string& text) const
+{
+        os::wimp_block block;
+        block.word[3]=_msg_ref;
+        block.word[4]=swi::Message_HelpReply;
+        unsigned int i=text.copy(block.byte+20,223);
+        block.byte[20+i]=0;
+        block.word[0]=20+((i+4)&~3);
+        os::Wimp_SendMessage(swi::User_Message,block,_help_task,0,0);
+}
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/ramtransmit.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,52
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/swi/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/os/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/application.h"
+#include "rtk/events/ramtransmit.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+using rtk::desktop::component;
+ramtransmit::ramtransmit(component& target,int wimpcode,
+        os::wimp_block& wimpblock):
+        message(target,wimpcode,wimpblock)
+{}
+ramtransmit::~ramtransmit()
+{}
+void* ramtransmit::buffer() const
+{
+        return reinterpret_cast<void*>(wimpblock().word[5]);
+}
+unsigned int ramtransmit::buffer_size() const
+{
+        return wimpblock().word[6];
+}
+void ramtransmit::reply(void* buffer,unsigned int buffer_size) const
+{
+        os::wimp_block block;
+        prepare_reply(block,swi::Message_RAMFetch,npos);
+        block.word[5]=reinterpret_cast<int>(buffer);
+        block.word[6]=buffer_size;
+        os::Wimp_SendMessage(swi::User_Message_Recorded,block,thandle(),0,0);
+}
+bool ramtransmit::deliver(component& dest)
+{
+        handler* h=dynamic_cast<handler*>(&dest);
+        if (h) h->handle_event(*this);
+        return h;
+}
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/save_to_app.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,102
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_EVENTS_SAVE_TO_APP
+#define _RTK_EVENTS_SAVE_TO_APP
+#include <string>
+#include "rtk/graphics/point.h"
+#include "rtk/events/event.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+using rtk::graphics::point;
+/** An event class for requesting that data be saved to a given application. */
+class save_to_app:
+        public event
+{
+private:
+        /** The destination window handle. */
+        int _whandle;
+        /** The destination icon handle. */
+        int _ihandle;
+        /** The destination position. */
+        point _position;
+        /** The leafname to which the data should be saved. */
+        string _leafname;
+public:
+        /** A mixin class for handling save_to_app events.
+         * If a class wishes to receive save_to_app events then it should
+         * inherit from this mixin class and provide an implementation for
+         * handle_event().
+         */
+        class handler
+        {
+        public:
+                /** Handle save_to_app event.
+                 * @param ev the save_to_app event to be handled
+                 */
+                virtual void handle_event(save_to_app& ev)=0;
+        };
+        /** Construct save_to_app event.
+         * The destination window handle, icon handle and position are obtained
+         * using Wimp_GetPointerInfo.
+         * @param target the target of the event
+         * @param leafname the leafname to which the data should be saved
+         */
+        save_to_app(desktop::component& target,const string& leafname);
+        /** Construct save_to_app event.
+         * @param target the target of the event
+         * @param whandle the destination window handle
+         * @param ihandle the destination icon handle
+         * @param position the destination position
+         * @param leafname the leafname to which the data should be saved
+         */
+        save_to_app(desktop::component& target,int whandle,int ihandle,
+                const point& position,const string& leafname);
+        /** Destroy save_to_app event.
+         */
+        virtual ~save_to_app();
+        /** Get destination window handle.
+         * @return the destination window handle
+         */
+        int whandle() const
+                { return _whandle; }
+        /** Get destination icon handle.
+         * @return the destination icon handle
+         */
+        int ihandle() const
+                { return _ihandle; }
+        /** Get destination position.
+         * @return the destination position
+         */
+        point position() const
+                { return _position; }
+        /** Get leafname.
+         * @return the leafname to which the data should be saved
+         */
+        const string& leafname() const
+                { return _leafname; }
+protected:
+        virtual bool deliver(desktop::component& dest);
+};
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/saved.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,31
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/os/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+#include "rtk/events/saved.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+using rtk::desktop::component;
+saved::saved(component& target,transfer::save& saveop):
+        event(target),
+        _saveop(&saveop)
+{};
+saved::~saved()
+{}
+bool saved::deliver(component& dest)
+{
+        handler* h=dynamic_cast<handler*>(&dest);
+        if (h) h->handle_event(*this);
+        return h;
+}
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/ramtransmit.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,73
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_EVENTS_RAMTRANSMIT
+#define _RTK_EVENTS_RAMTRANSMIT
+#include "rtk/events/message.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace os {
+union wimp_block;
+}; /* namespace os */
+namespace events {
+/** A class to represent a RISC OS Message_RAMTransmit user message. */
+class ramtransmit:
+        public message
+{
+public:
+        /** A mixin class for handling ramtransmit events.
+         * If a class wishes to receive ramtransmit events then it should
+         * inherit from this mixin class and provide an implementation for
+         * handle_event().
+         */
+        class handler
+        {
+        public:
+                /** Handle ramtransmit event.
+                 * @param ev the ramtransmit event to be handled
+                 */
+                virtual void handle_event(ramtransmit& ev)=0;
+        };
+        /** Construct ramtransmit event.
+         * @param target the target of the event
+         * @param wimpcode the Wimp event code
+         * @param wimpblock the Wimp event block
+         */
+        ramtransmit(desktop::component& target,int wimpcode,
+                os::wimp_block& wimpblock);
+        /** Destroy ramtransmit event.
+         */
+        virtual ~ramtransmit();
+protected:
+        virtual bool deliver(desktop::component& dest);
+public:
+        /** Get data transfer buffer.
+         * @return the data transfer buffer
+         */
+        void* buffer() const;
+        /** Get size of the data transfer buffer.
+         * @return the size of the data transfer buffer
+         */
+        unsigned int buffer_size() const;
+        /** Send Message_RAMFetch in reply to this event.
+         * @param buffer the data transfer buffer
+         * @param buffer_size the size of the data transfer buffer
+         */
+        void reply(void* buffer,unsigned int buffer_size) const;
+};
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/entering_window.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,61
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003-2004 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_EVENTS_ENTERING_WINDOW
+#define _RTK_EVENTS_ENTERING_WINDOW
+#include "rtk/events/event.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace desktop {
+class basic_window;
+}; /* namespace desktop */
+namespace events {
+/** A class to represent a RISC OS Pointer_Entering_Window event.
+ */
+class entering_window:
+        public event
+{
+public:
+        /** A mixin class for handling entering_window events.
+         * If a class wishes to receive entering_window events then it should
+         * inherit from this mixin class and provide an implementation for
+         * handle_event().
+         */
+        class handler
+        {
+        public:
+                /** Handle entering_window event.
+                 * @param ev the entering_window event to be handled
+                 */
+                virtual void handle_event(entering_window& ev)=0;
+        };
+        /** Construct entering_window event.
+         * @param target the target of the event (the window entered)
+         */
+        entering_window(desktop::basic_window& target);
+        /** Destroy entering_window event.
+         */
+        virtual ~entering_window();
+        /** Get target.
+         * @return the target of the event (the window entered)
+         */
+        desktop::basic_window* target() const
+                { return (desktop::basic_window*)target(); }
+protected:
+        virtual bool deliver(desktop::component& dest);
+};
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/menu_selection.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,41
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/os/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/menu_item.h"
+#include "rtk/events/menu_selection.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+using rtk::desktop::component;
+using rtk::desktop::menu_item;
+menu_selection::menu_selection(menu_item& target,int buttons):
+        event(target),
+        _buttons(buttons)
+{}
+menu_selection::menu_selection(menu_item& target):
+        event(target)
+{
+        os::pointer_info_get block;
+        os::Wimp_GetPointerInfo(block);
+        _buttons=block.buttons;
+}
+menu_selection::~menu_selection()
+{}
+bool menu_selection::deliver(component& dest)
+{
+        handler* h=dynamic_cast<handler*>(&dest);
+        if (h) h->handle_event(*this);
+        return h;
+}
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/menu_selection.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,72
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_EVENTS_MENU_SELECTION
+#define _RTK_EVENTS_MENU_SELECTION
+#include "rtk/events/event.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace desktop {
+class menu_item;
+}; /* namespace desktop; */
+namespace events {
+/** A class to represent a RISC OS Menu_Selection event.
+ * <P>The mouse button state is a bitmap.  Bit 0 corresponds to Adjust,
+ * bit 1 to Menu and bit 2 to Select.
+ */
+class menu_selection:
+        public event
+{
+public:
+        /** A mixin class for handling menu_selection events.
+         * If a class wishes to receive menu_selection events then it should
+         * inherit from this mixin class and provide an implementation for
+         * handle_event().
+         */
+        class handler
+        {
+        public:
+                /** Handle menu_selection event.
+                 * @param ev the menu_selection event to be handled
+                 */
+                virtual void handle_event(menu_selection& ev)=0;
+        };
+private:
+        int _buttons;
+public:
+        /** Construct menu_selection event.
+         * @param target the target of the event (the selected menu item)
+         * @param buttons the mouse button state
+         */
+        menu_selection(desktop::menu_item& target,int buttons);
+        /** Construct menu_selection event.
+         * The mouse button state is read using Wimp_GetPointerInfo.
+         * @param target the target of the event (the selected menu item)
+         */
+        menu_selection(desktop::menu_item& target);
+        /** Destroy menu_selection event.
+         */
+        virtual ~menu_selection();
+        /** Get mouse button state.
+         * @return the mouse button state
+         */
+        int buttons() const
+                { return _buttons; }
+protected:
+        virtual bool deliver(desktop::component& dest);
+};
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/reopen_menu.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,29
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+#include "rtk/events/reopen_menu.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+using rtk::desktop::component;
+reopen_menu::reopen_menu(component& target):
+        event(target)
+{}
+reopen_menu::~reopen_menu()
+{}
+bool reopen_menu::deliver(component& dest)
+{
+        handler* h=dynamic_cast<handler*>(&dest);
+        if (h) h->handle_event(*this);
+        return h;
+}
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/menusdeleted.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,29
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+#include "rtk/events/menusdeleted.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+using rtk::desktop::component;
+menusdeleted::menusdeleted(component& target):
+        event(target)
+{}
+menusdeleted::~menusdeleted()
+{}
+bool menusdeleted::deliver(component& dest)
+{
+        handler* h=dynamic_cast<handler*>(&dest);
+        if (h) h->handle_event(*this);
+        return h;
+}
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/leaving_window.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,61
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003-2004 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_EVENTS_LEAVING_WINDOW
+#define _RTK_EVENTS_LEAVING_WINDOW
+#include "rtk/events/event.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace desktop {
+class basic_window;
+}; /* namespace desktop */
+namespace events {
+/** A class to represent a RISC OS Pointer_Leaving_Window event.
+ */
+class leaving_window:
+        public event
+{
+public:
+        /** A mixin class for handling leaving_window events.
+         * If a class wishes to receive leaving_window events then it should
+         * inherit from this mixin class and provide an implementation for
+         * handle_event().
+         */
+        class handler
+        {
+        public:
+                /** Handle leaving_window event.
+                 * @param ev the leaving_window event to be handled
+                 */
+                virtual void handle_event(leaving_window& ev)=0;
+        };
+        /** Construct leaving_window event.
+         * @param target the target of the event (the window left)
+         */
+        leaving_window(desktop::basic_window& target);
+        /** Destroy leaving_window event.
+         */
+        virtual ~leaving_window();
+        /** Get target.
+         * @return the target of the event (the window left)
+         */
+        desktop::basic_window* target() const
+                { return (desktop::basic_window*)target(); }
+protected:
+        virtual bool deliver(desktop::component& dest);
+};
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/wimp.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,78
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_EVENTS_WIMP
+#define _RTK_EVENTS_WIMP
+#include "rtk/events/event.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace os {
+union wimp_block;
+}; /* namespace os */
+namespace events {
+/** A class to represent a RISC OS Wimp event.
+ */
+class wimp:
+        public event
+{
+private:
+        /** The Wimp event code. */
+        int _wimpcode;
+        /** The Wimp event block. */
+        os::wimp_block* _wimpblock;
+public:
+        /** A mixin class for handling Wimp events.
+         * If a class wishes to receive Wimp events then it should
+         * inherit from this mixin class and provide an implementation for
+         * handle_event().
+         */
+        class handler
+        {
+        public:
+                /** Handle Wimp event.
+                 * @param ev the Wimp event to be handled
+                 */
+                virtual bool handle_event(wimp& ev)=0;
+        };
+        /** Construct Wimp event.
+         * The event block is not copied, and must remain in existance
+         * for the lifetime of this object.  It is not freed when this
+         * object is destroyed.
+         * @param target the target of the event
+         * @param wimpcode the Wimp event code
+         * @param wimpblock the Wimp event block
+         */
+        wimp(desktop::component& target,int wimpcode,os::wimp_block& wimpblock);
+        /** Destroy Wimp event.
+         */
+        virtual ~wimp();
+        /** Get event code.
+         * @return the event code
+         */
+        int event_code();
+        /** Get event data.
+         * The value returned is a reference to the original wimp block
+         * passed to the constructor.  It can be expected to remain valid
+         * for at least the lifetime of this object.
+         * @return the event data.
+         */
+        const os::wimp_block& event_data();
+protected:
+        virtual bool deliver(desktop::component& dest);
+};
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/null_reason.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,29
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+#include "rtk/events/null_reason.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+using rtk::desktop::component;
+null_reason::null_reason(component& target):
+        event(target)
+{}
+null_reason::~null_reason()
+{}
+bool null_reason::deliver(component& dest)
+{
+        handler* h=dynamic_cast<handler*>(&dest);
+        if (h) h->handle_event(*this);
+        return h;
+}
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/null_reason.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,51
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_EVENTS_NULL_REASON
+#define _RTK_EVENTS_NULL_REASON
+#include "rtk/events/event.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+/** A class to represent a RISC OS Null_Reason event.
+ * A null_reason event occurs when there are no other events waiting to be
+ * processed.
+ */
+class null_reason:
+        public event
+{
+public:
+        /** A mixin class for handling null_reason events.
+         * If a class wishes to receive null_reason events then it should
+         * inherit from this mixin class and provide an implementation for
+         * handle_event().
+         */
+        class handler
+        {
+        public:
+                /** Handle null_reason event.
+                 * @param ev the null_reason event to be handled
+                 */
+                virtual void handle_event(null_reason& ev)=0;
+        };
+        /** Construct null_reason event.
+         * @param target the target of the event
+         */
+        null_reason(desktop::component& target);
+        /** Destroy null_reason event.
+         */
+        virtual ~null_reason();
+protected:
+        virtual bool deliver(desktop::component& dest);
+};
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/quit.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,49
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_EVENTS_QUIT
+#define _RTK_EVENTS_QUIT
+#include "rtk/events/event.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+/** A class to represent a RISC OS Message_Quit user message.
+ */
+class quit:
+        public event
+{
+public:
+        /** A mixin class for handling quit events.
+         * If a class wishes to receive quit events then it should
+         * inherit from this mixin class and provide an implementation for
+         * handle_event().
+         */
+        class handler
+        {
+        public:
+                /** Handle quit event.
+                 * @param ev the quit event to be handled
+                 */
+                virtual void handle_event(quit& ev)=0;
+        };
+        /** Construct quit event.
+         * @param target the target of the event
+         */
+        quit(desktop::component& target);
+        /** Destroy quit event.
+         */
+        virtual ~quit();
+protected:
+        virtual bool deliver(desktop::component& dest);
+};
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/message.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,108
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_EVENTS_MESSAGE
+#define _RTK_EVENTS_MESSAGE
+#include "rtk/events/event.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace os {
+union wimp_block;
+}; /* namespace os */
+namespace events {
+/** A class to represent a RISC OS user message.
+ * This can be a User_Message, a User_Message_Recorded or a
+ * User_Message_Acknowledge.
+ */
+class message:
+        public event
+{
+public:
+        /** A type for representing byte counts. */
+        typedef unsigned int size_type;
+        /** A null value for use in place of a byte count. */
+        static const size_type npos=static_cast<size_type>(-1);
+private:
+        /** The Wimp event code. */
+        int _wimpcode;
+        /** The Wimp event block. */
+        os::wimp_block* _wimpblock;
+public:
+        /** A mixin class for handling message events.
+         * If a class wishes to receive message events then it should
+         * inherit from this mixin class and provide an implementation for
+         * handle_event().
+         */
+        class handler
+        {
+        public:
+                /** Handle message event.
+                 * @param ev the message event to be handled
+                 */
+                virtual void handle_event(message& ev)=0;
+        };
+        /** Construct message event.
+         * The message block is not copied, and must remain in existance
+         * for the lifetime of this object.  It is not freed when this
+         * object is destroyed.
+         * @param target the target of the event
+         * @param wimpcode the Wimp event code
+         * @param wimpblock the Wimp event block
+         */
+        message(desktop::component& target,int wimpcode,os::wimp_block& wimpblock);
+        /** Destroy message event.
+         */
+        virtual ~message();
+        /** Get task handle of sender.
+         * This is equal to data().word[1].
+         * @return the task handle of the sender
+         */
+        int thandle() const;
+        /** Get message action code.
+         * This is equal to data().word[4].
+         * @return the message action code
+         */
+        int msgcode() const;
+        /** Get Wimp event code.
+         * @return the wimp event code
+         */
+        int wimpcode() const
+                { return _wimpcode; }
+        /** Get Wimp event block.
+         * The value returned is a reference to the original message block
+         * passed to the constructor.  It can be expected to remain valid
+         * for at least the lifetime of this object.
+         * @return the wimp event block
+         */
+        const os::wimp_block& wimpblock() const
+                { return *_wimpblock; }
+        /** Prepare reply to message.
+         * @param reply the wimp block that will contain the reply
+         * @param msgcode the required message action code
+         * @param size the required reply length in bytes, or npos to preserve
+         */
+        void prepare_reply(os::wimp_block& reply,int msgcode,size_type size) const;
+protected:
+        virtual bool deliver(desktop::component& dest);
+};
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/datasave.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,82
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/swi/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/os/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/application.h"
+#include "rtk/events/datasave.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+using rtk::desktop::component;
+datasave::datasave(component& target,int wimpcode,os::wimp_block& wimpblock):
+        message(target,wimpcode,wimpblock)
+{}
+datasave::~datasave()
+{}
+int datasave::whandle() const
+{
+        return wimpblock().word[5];
+}
+int datasave::ihandle() const
+{
+        return wimpblock().word[6];
+}
+point datasave::position() const
+{
+        return point(wimpblock().word[7],wimpblock().word[8]);
+}
+unsigned int datasave::estsize() const
+{
+        return wimpblock().word[9];
+}
+unsigned int datasave::filetype() const
+{
+        return wimpblock().word[10];
+}
+string datasave::leafname() const
+{
+        return string(wimpblock().byte+44);
+}
+void datasave::reply(void* buffer,unsigned int buffer_size) const
+{
+        os::wimp_block block;
+        prepare_reply(block,swi::Message_RAMFetch,28);
+        block.word[5]=reinterpret_cast<int>(buffer);
+        block.word[6]=buffer_size;
+        os::Wimp_SendMessage(swi::User_Message_Recorded,block,thandle(),0,0);
+}
+void datasave::reply(const string& pathname,bool secure) const
+{
+        os::wimp_block block;
+        prepare_reply(block,swi::Message_DataSaveAck,npos);
+        if (!secure) block.word[9]=-1;
+        unsigned int i=pathname.copy(block.byte+44,211);
+        block.byte[44+i]=0;
+        block.word[0]=44+((i+4)&~3);
+        os::Wimp_SendMessage(swi::User_Message,block,thandle(),0,0);
+}
+bool datasave::deliver(component& dest)
+{
+        handler* h=dynamic_cast<handler*>(&dest);
+        if (h) h->handle_event(*this);
+        return h;
+}
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/dataloadack.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,63
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/swi/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/os/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/application.h"
+#include "rtk/events/dataloadack.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+using rtk::desktop::component;
+dataloadack::dataloadack(component& target,int wimpcode,
+        os::wimp_block& wimpblock):
+        message(target,wimpcode,wimpblock)
+{}
+dataloadack::~dataloadack()
+{}
+int dataloadack::whandle() const
+{
+        return wimpblock().word[5];
+}
+int dataloadack::ihandle() const
+{
+        return wimpblock().word[6];
+}
+point dataloadack::position() const
+{
+        return point(wimpblock().word[7],wimpblock().word[8]);
+}
+unsigned int dataloadack::estsize() const
+{
+        return wimpblock().word[9];
+}
+unsigned int dataloadack::filetype() const
+{
+        return wimpblock().word[10];
+}
+string dataloadack::pathname() const
+{
+        return string(wimpblock().byte+44);
+}
+bool dataloadack::deliver(component& dest)
+{
+        handler* h=dynamic_cast<handler*>(&dest);
+        if (h) h->handle_event(*this);
+        return h;
+}
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/loaded.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,31
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/os/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+#include "rtk/events/loaded.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+using rtk::desktop::component;
+loaded::loaded(component& target,transfer::load& loadop):
+        event(target),
+        _loadop(&loadop)
+{};
+loaded::~loaded()
+{}
+bool loaded::deliver(component& dest)
+{
+        handler* h=dynamic_cast<handler*>(&dest);
+        if (h) h->handle_event(*this);
+        return h;
+}
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/Makefile
 New file
 ,0 → 1,45
+# This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+# Copyright © 2003-2004 Graham Shaw.
+# Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+# a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+CPPFLAGS = -Irtk_build:
+CXXFLAGS = -mthrowback -munixlib -mpoke-function-name -Wall -W -Wno-unused -O2
+include fixdeps:Rules/make
+OBJ = event.o \
+ wimp.o \
+ null_reason.o \
+ close_window.o \
+ entering_window.o \
+ leaving_window.o \
+ mouse_click.o \
+ user_drag_box.o \
+ key_pressed.o \
+ menu_selection.o \
+ message.o \
+ quit.o \
+ menuwarning.o \
+ menusdeleted.o \
+ datasave.o \
+ datasaveack.o \
+ dataload.o \
+ dataloadack.o \
+ dataopen.o \
+ ramfetch.o \
+ ramtransmit.o \
+ help_request.o \
+ reopen_menu.o \
+ save_to_file.o \
+ save_to_app.o \
+ loaded.o \
+ saved.o \
+ redirection.o
+all: timestamp
+timestamp: $(OBJ)
+        touch timestamp
+include $(OBJ:.o=.d)
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/dataopen.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,59
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/swi/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/os/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/application.h"
+#include "rtk/events/dataopen.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+using rtk::desktop::component;
+dataopen::dataopen(component& target,int wimpcode,os::wimp_block& wimpblock):
+        message(target,wimpcode,wimpblock)
+{}
+dataopen::~dataopen()
+{}
+bool dataopen::deliver(component& dest)
+{
+        handler* h=dynamic_cast<handler*>(&dest);
+        if (h) h->handle_event(*this);
+        return h;
+}
+int dataopen::whandle() const
+{
+        return wimpblock().word[5];
+}
+point dataopen::position() const
+{
+        return point(wimpblock().word[7],wimpblock().word[8]);
+}
+unsigned int dataopen::filetype() const
+{
+        return wimpblock().word[10];
+}
+string dataopen::pathname() const
+{
+        return string(wimpblock().byte+44);
+}
+void dataopen::reply() const
+{
+        os::wimp_block block;
+        prepare_reply(block,swi::Message_DataLoadAck,npos);
+        os::Wimp_SendMessage(swi::User_Message,block,thandle(),0,0);
+}
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/close_window.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,31
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003-2004 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/basic_window.h"
+#include "rtk/events/close_window.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+using rtk::desktop::component;
+using rtk::desktop::basic_window;
+close_window::close_window(basic_window& target):
+        event(target)
+{}
+close_window::~close_window()
+{}
+bool close_window::deliver(component& dest)
+{
+        handler* h=dynamic_cast<handler*>(&dest);
+        if (h) h->handle_event(*this);
+        return h;
+}
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/menuwarning.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,49
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2004 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_EVENTS_MENUWARNING
+#define _RTK_EVENTS_MENUWARNING
+#include "rtk/events/event.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+/** A class to represent a RISC OS Message_MenuWarning user message.
+ */
+class menuwarning:
+        public event
+{
+public:
+        /** A mixin class for handling menuwarning events.
+         * If a class wishes to receive menuwarning events then it should
+         * inherit from this mixin class and provide an implementation for
+         * handle_event().
+         */
+        class handler
+        {
+        public:
+                /** Handle menuwarning event.
+                 * @param ev the menuwarning event to be handled
+                 */
+                virtual void handle_event(menuwarning& ev)=0;
+        };
+        /** Construct menuwarning event.
+         * @param target the target of the event
+         */
+        menuwarning(desktop::component& target);
+        /** Destroy menuwarning event.
+         */
+        virtual ~menuwarning();
+protected:
+        virtual bool deliver(desktop::component& dest);
+};
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/mouse_click.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,49
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/os/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+#include "rtk/events/mouse_click.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+using rtk::desktop::component;
+mouse_click::mouse_click(component& target,const point& position,
+        int buttons,int shift):
+        event(target),
+        _position(position),
+        _buttons(buttons),
+        _shift(shift)
+{}
+mouse_click::mouse_click(component& target,os::wimp_block& wimpblock):
+        event(target),
+        _position(point(wimpblock.word[0],wimpblock.word[1])),
+        _buttons(wimpblock.word[2]),
+        _shift(0)
+{
+        // Calculate origin of target with respect to origin of screen.
+        point origin;
+        target.parent_application(origin);
+        // Translate pointer location from coordinate space of screen
+        // to coordinate space of target.
+        _position-=origin;
+}
+mouse_click::~mouse_click()
+{}
+bool mouse_click::deliver(component& dest)
+{
+        handler* h=dynamic_cast<handler*>(&dest);
+        if (h) h->handle_event(*this);
+        return h;
+}
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/dataopen.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,85
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_EVENTS_DATAOPEN
+#define _RTK_EVENTS_DATAOPEN
+#include <string>
+#include "rtk/graphics/point.h"
+#include "rtk/events/message.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace os {
+union wimp_block;
+}; /* namespace os */
+namespace events {
+using rtk::graphics::point;
+/** A class to represent a RISC OS Message_DataOpen user message. */
+class dataopen:
+        public message
+{
+public:
+        /** A mixin class for handling dataopen events.
+         * If a class wishes to receive dataopen events then it should
+         * inherit from this mixin class and provide an implementation for
+         * handle_event().
+         */
+        class handler
+        {
+        public:
+                /** Handle dataopen event.
+                 * @param ev the dataopen event to be handled
+                 */
+                virtual void handle_event(dataopen& ev)=0;
+        };
+        /** Construct dataopen event.
+         * @param target the target of the event
+         * @param wimpcode the Wimp event code
+         * @param wimpblock the Wimp event block
+         */
+        dataopen(desktop::component& target,int wimpcode,
+                os::wimp_block& wimpblock);
+        /** Destroy dataopen event.
+         */
+        virtual ~dataopen();
+protected:
+        virtual bool deliver(desktop::component& dest);
+public:
+        /** Get destination window handle.
+         * @return the destination window handle
+         */
+        int whandle() const;
+        /** Get destination position.
+         * @return the destination position
+         */
+        point position() const;
+        /** Get filetype of data.
+         * @return the filetype of the data
+         */
+        unsigned int filetype() const;
+        /** Get proposed leafname for data.
+         * @return the proposed leafname
+         */
+        string pathname() const;
+        /** Send Message_DataLoadAck in reply to this event.  */
+        void reply() const;
+};
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/save_to_file.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,32
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+#include "rtk/events/save_to_file.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+using rtk::desktop::component;
+save_to_file::save_to_file(component& target,const string& pathname,
+        bool selection):
+        event(target),
+        _pathname(pathname),
+        _selection(selection)
+{}
+save_to_file::~save_to_file()
+{}
+bool save_to_file::deliver(component& dest)
+{
+        handler* h=dynamic_cast<handler*>(&dest);
+        if (h) h->handle_event(*this);
+        return h;
+}
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/mouse_click.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,101
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_EVENTS_MOUSE_CLICK
+#define _RTK_EVENTS_MOUSE_CLICK
+#include "rtk/graphics/point.h"
+#include "rtk/events/event.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace os {
+union wimp_block;
+}; /* namespace os */
+namespace events {
+using rtk::graphics::point;
+/** A class to represent a RISC OS Mouse_Click event.
+ * The mouse button state is a bitmap:
+ * - bit 0 = Adjust,
+ * - bit 1 = Menu,
+ * - bit 2 = Select.
+ */
+class mouse_click:
+        public event
+{
+public:
+        /** A mixin class for handling mouse_click events.
+         * If a class wishes to receive mouse_click events then it should
+         * inherit from this mixin class and provide an implementation for
+         * handle_event().
+         */
+        class handler
+        {
+        public:
+                /** Handle mouse_click event.
+                 * @param ev the mouse_click event to be handled
+                 */
+                virtual void handle_event(mouse_click& ev)=0;
+        };
+private:
+        /** The position of the mouse pointer. */
+        graphics::point _position;
+        /** The mouse button state. */
+        int _buttons;
+        /** The shift state. */
+        int _shift;
+public:
+        /** Construct mouse_click event.
+         * @param target the target of the event
+         * @param position the mouse position, with respect to the target
+         * @param buttons the mouse button state
+         * @param shift the shift state
+         */
+        mouse_click(desktop::component& target,const point& position,
+                int buttons,int shift);
+        /** Construct mouse_click event from wimp block.
+         * The mouse position and mouse button state are taken from the
+         * wimp block, the shift state is currently unimplemented.
+         * @param target the target of the event
+         * @param block the wimp block
+         */
+        mouse_click(desktop::component& target,os::wimp_block& block);
+        /** Destroy mouse_click event. */
+        virtual ~mouse_click();
+        /** Get position of mouse pointer.
+         * @return the position of the mouse pointer, with respect to
+         *  the target
+         */
+        const point& position() const
+                { return _position; }
+        /** Get mouse button state.
+         * @return the mouse button state
+         */
+        int buttons() const
+                { return _buttons; }
+        /** Get shift state.
+         * @return the shift state
+         */
+        int shift() const
+                { return _shift; }
+protected:
+        virtual bool deliver(desktop::component& dest);
+};
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/save_to_app.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,46
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/os/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+#include "rtk/events/save_to_app.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+using rtk::desktop::component;
+save_to_app::save_to_app(component& target,const string& leafname):
+        event(target),
+        _leafname(leafname)
+{
+        os::pointer_info_get block;
+        os::Wimp_GetPointerInfo(block);
+        _whandle=block.whandle;
+        _ihandle=block.ihandle;
+        _position=block.p;
+};
+save_to_app::save_to_app(component& target,int whandle,int ihandle,
+        const point& position,const string& leafname):
+        event(target),
+        _whandle(whandle),
+        _ihandle(ihandle),
+        _position(position),
+        _leafname(leafname)
+{}
+save_to_app::~save_to_app()
+{}
+bool save_to_app::deliver(component& dest)
+{
+        handler* h=dynamic_cast<handler*>(&dest);
+        if (h) h->handle_event(*this);
+        return h;
+}
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/save_to_file.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,76
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_EVENTS_SAVE_TO_FILE
+#define _RTK_EVENTS_SAVE_TO_FILE
+#include <string>
+#include "rtk/events/event.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+/** An event class for requesting that data be saved to a given pathname. */
+class save_to_file:
+        public event
+{
+private:
+        /** The pathname to which the data should be saved. */
+        string _pathname;
+        /** The selection flag.
+         * True if the save operation is restricted to the current selection,
+         * otherwise false.
+         */
+        bool _selection;
+public:
+        /** A mixin class for handling save_to_file events.
+         * If a class wishes to receive save_to_file events then it should
+         * inherit from this mixin class and provide an implementation for
+         * handle_event().
+         */
+        class handler
+        {
+        public:
+                /** Handle save_to_file event.
+                 * @param ev the save_to_file event to be handled
+                 */
+                virtual void handle_event(save_to_file& ev)=0;
+        };
+        /** Construct save_to_file event.
+         * @param target the target of the event
+         * @param pathname the pathname to which the data should be saved
+         * @param selection true if the save operation is restricted to the
+         *  current selection, otherwise false
+         */
+        save_to_file(desktop::component& target,const string& pathname,
+                bool selection);
+        /** Destroy save_to_file event.
+         */
+        virtual ~save_to_file();
+        /** Get pathname.
+         * @return the pathname to which the data should be saved.
+         */
+        const string& pathname()
+                { return _pathname; }
+        /** Get selection flag.
+         * @return true if the save operation is restricted to the current
+         *  selection, otherwise false
+         */
+        bool selection()
+                { return _selection; }
+protected:
+        virtual bool deliver(desktop::component& dest);
+};
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/help_request.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,99
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_EVENTS_HELP_REQUEST
+#define _RTK_EVENTS_HELP_REQUEST
+#include <string>
+#include "rtk/graphics/point.h"
+#include "rtk/events/event.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace os {
+union wimp_block;
+}; /* namespace os */
+namespace events {
+using rtk::graphics::point;
+/** A class to represent a RISC OS Message_HelpRequest event.
+ * The mouse button state is a bitmap:
+ * - bit 0 = Adjust,
+ * - bit 1 = Menu,
+ * - bit 2 = Select.
+ */
+class help_request:
+        public event
+{
+public:
+        /** A mixin class for handling help_request events.
+         * If a class wishes to receive help_request events then it should
+         * inherit from this mixin class and provide an implementation for
+         * handle_event().
+         */
+        class handler
+        {
+        public:
+                /** Handle help_request event.
+                 * @param ev the help_request event to be handled
+                 */
+                virtual void handle_event(help_request& ev)=0;
+        };
+private:
+        /** The position of the mouse pointer. */
+        graphics::point _position;
+        /** The mouse button state. */
+        int _buttons;
+        /** The shift state. */
+        int _shift;
+        /** The message reference. */
+        int _msg_ref;
+        /** The help application task handle. */
+        int _help_task;
+public:
+        /** Construct help_request event from wimp block.
+         * The mouse position and mouse button state are taken from the
+         * wimp block, the shift state is currently unimplemented.
+         * @param target the target of the event
+         * @param block the wimp block
+         */
+        help_request(desktop::component& target,os::wimp_block& block);
+        /** Destroy help_request event. */
+        virtual ~help_request();
+        /** Get position of mouse pointer.
+         * @return the position of the mouse pointer, with respect to
+         *  the target
+         */
+        const point& position() const
+                { return _position; }
+        /** Get mouse button state.
+         * @return the mouse button state
+         */
+        int buttons() const
+                { return _buttons; }
+        /** Send reply.
+         * @param text the help text to be displayed.
+         */
+        void reply(const string& text) const;
+protected:
+        virtual bool deliver(desktop::component& dest);
+};
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/entering_window.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,31
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003-2004 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/basic_window.h"
+#include "rtk/events/entering_window.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+using rtk::desktop::component;
+using rtk::desktop::basic_window;
+entering_window::entering_window(basic_window& target):
+        event(target)
+{}
+entering_window::~entering_window()
+{}
+bool entering_window::deliver(component& dest)
+{
+        handler* h=dynamic_cast<handler*>(&dest);
+        if (h) h->handle_event(*this);
+        return h;
+}
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/saved.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,65
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_EVENTS_SAVED
+#define _RTK_EVENTS_SAVED
+#include <string>
+#include "rtk/events/event.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace transfer {
+class save;
+}; /* namespace transfer */
+namespace events {
+/** An event class for reporting that a file has been saved. */
+class saved:
+        public event
+{
+private:
+        /** The save operation that saved the file. */
+        transfer::save* _saveop;
+public:
+        /** A mixin class for handling saved events.
+         * If a class wishes to receive saved events then it should
+         * inherit from this mixin class and provide an implementation for
+         * handle_event().
+         */
+        class handler
+        {
+        public:
+                /** Handle saved event.
+                 * @param ev the saved event to be handled
+                 */
+                virtual void handle_event(saved& ev)=0;
+        };
+        /** Construct saved event.
+         * @param target the target of the event
+         * @param saveop the saved operation that saved the file
+         */
+        saved(desktop::component& target,transfer::save& saveop);
+        /** Destroy saved event. */
+        virtual ~saved();
+        /** Get save operation.
+         * @return the save operation that saved the file
+         */
+        transfer::save& saveop()
+                { return *_saveop; }
+protected:
+        virtual bool deliver(desktop::component& dest);
+};
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/datasaveack.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,70
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/swi/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/os/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/application.h"
+#include "rtk/events/datasaveack.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+using rtk::desktop::component;
+datasaveack::datasaveack(component& target,int wimpcode,
+        os::wimp_block& wimpblock):
+        message(target,wimpcode,wimpblock)
+{}
+datasaveack::~datasaveack()
+{}
+int datasaveack::whandle() const
+{
+        return wimpblock().word[5];
+}
+int datasaveack::ihandle() const
+{
+        return wimpblock().word[6];
+}
+point datasaveack::position() const
+{
+        return point(wimpblock().word[7],wimpblock().word[8]);
+}
+unsigned int datasaveack::estsize() const
+{
+        return wimpblock().word[9];
+}
+unsigned int datasaveack::filetype() const
+{
+        return wimpblock().word[10];
+}
+string datasaveack::pathname() const
+{
+        return string(wimpblock().byte+44);
+}
+void datasaveack::reply() const
+{
+        os::wimp_block block;
+        prepare_reply(block,swi::Message_DataLoad,npos);
+        os::Wimp_SendMessage(swi::User_Message_Recorded,block,thandle(),0,0);
+}
+bool datasaveack::deliver(component& dest)
+{
+        handler* h=dynamic_cast<handler*>(&dest);
+        if (h) h->handle_event(*this);
+        return h;
+}
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/redirection.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,26
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/events/redirection.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+using rtk::desktop::component;
+redirection::redirection():
+        _redirect(0)
+{}
+redirection::~redirection()
+{}
+void redirection::redirect(component* redirect)
+{
+        _redirect=redirect;
+}
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/dataload.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,69
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/swi/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/os/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/application.h"
+#include "rtk/events/dataload.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+using rtk::desktop::component;
+dataload::dataload(component& target,int wimpcode,os::wimp_block& wimpblock):
+        message(target,wimpcode,wimpblock)
+{}
+dataload::~dataload()
+{}
+int dataload::whandle() const
+{
+        return wimpblock().word[5];
+}
+int dataload::ihandle() const
+{
+        return wimpblock().word[6];
+}
+point dataload::position() const
+{
+        return point(wimpblock().word[7],wimpblock().word[8]);
+}
+unsigned int dataload::estsize() const
+{
+        return wimpblock().word[9];
+}
+unsigned int dataload::filetype() const
+{
+        return wimpblock().word[10];
+}
+string dataload::pathname() const
+{
+        return string(wimpblock().byte+44);
+}
+void dataload::reply() const
+{
+        static os::wimp_block block;
+        prepare_reply(block,swi::Message_DataLoadAck,npos);
+        os::Wimp_SendMessage(swi::User_Message,block,thandle(),0,0);
+}
+bool dataload::deliver(component& dest)
+{
+        handler* h=dynamic_cast<handler*>(&dest);
+        if (h) h->handle_event(*this);
+        return h;
+}
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/datasaveack.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,95
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_EVENTS_DATASAVEACK
+#define _RTK_EVENTS_DATASAVEACK
+#include <string>
+#include "rtk/graphics/point.h"
+#include "rtk/events/message.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace os {
+union wimp_block;
+}; /* namespace os */
+namespace events {
+using rtk::graphics::point;
+/** A class to represent a RISC OS Message_DataSaveAck user message. */
+class datasaveack:
+        public message
+{
+public:
+        /** A mixin class for handling datasaveack events.
+         * If a class wishes to receive datasaveack events then it should
+         * inherit from this mixin class and provide an implementation for
+         * handle_event().
+         */
+        class handler
+        {
+        public:
+                /** Handle datasaveack event.
+                 * @param ev the datasaveack event to be handled
+                 */
+                virtual void handle_event(datasaveack& ev)=0;
+        };
+        /** Construct datasaveack event.
+         * @param target the target of the event
+         * @param wimpcode the Wimp event code
+         * @param wimpblock the Wimp event block
+         */
+        datasaveack(desktop::component& target,int wimpcode,
+                os::wimp_block& wimpblock);
+        /** Destroy datasaveack event.
+         */
+        virtual ~datasaveack();
+protected:
+        virtual bool deliver(desktop::component& dest);
+public:
+        /** Get destination window handle.
+         * @return the destination window handle
+         */
+        int whandle() const;
+        /** Get destination icon handle.
+         * @return the destination icon handle
+         */
+        int ihandle() const;
+        /** Get destination position.
+         * @return the destination position
+         */
+        point position() const;
+        /** Get estimated size of data.
+         * @return the estimated size of the data
+         */
+        unsigned int estsize() const;
+        /** Get filetype of data.
+         * @return the filetype of the data
+         */
+        unsigned int filetype() const;
+        /** Get pathname for data.
+         * @return the pathname
+         */
+        string pathname() const;
+        /** Send Message_DataLoad in reply to this event. */
+        void reply() const;
+};
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/redirection.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,53
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_EVENTS_REDIRECTION
+#define _RTK_EVENTS_REDIRECTION
+namespace rtk {
+namespace desktop {
+class component;
+}; /* namespace desktop */
+namespace events {
+/** A class for redirecting events.
+ * This is a mixin class which allow a component to redirect event delivery.
+ */
+class redirection
+{
+private:
+        /** The redirected parent, or 0 if redirection is disabled. */
+        desktop::component* _redirect;
+public:
+        /** Create redirection mixin.
+         * By default, redirection is disabled.
+         */
+        redirection();
+        /** Destroy redirection mixin.
+         * Note that this class must have at least one virtual method
+         * so that dynamic_cast<>() will work correctly.
+         */
+        virtual ~redirection();
+        /** Get redirected parent.
+         * @return the redirected parent, or 0 if redirection is disabled.
+         */
+        desktop::component* redirect() const
+                { return _redirect; }
+        /** Set redirected parent.
+         * @param redirect the redirected parent, or 0 to disable redirection.
+         */
+        void redirect(desktop::component* redirect);
+};
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/dataload.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,94
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_EVENTS_DATALOAD
+#define _RTK_EVENTS_DATALOAD
+#include <string>
+#include "rtk/graphics/point.h"
+#include "rtk/events/message.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace os {
+union wimp_block;
+}; /* namespace os */
+namespace events {
+using rtk::graphics::point;
+/** A class to represent a RISC OS Message_DataLoad user message. */
+class dataload:
+        public message
+{
+public:
+        /** A mixin class for handling dataload events.
+         * If a class wishes to receive dataload events then it should
+         * inherit from this mixin class and provide an implementation for
+         * handle_event().
+         */
+        class handler
+        {
+        public:
+                /** Handle dataload event.
+                 * @param ev the dataload event to be handled
+                 */
+                virtual void handle_event(dataload& ev)=0;
+        };
+        /** Construct dataload event.
+         * @param target the target of the event
+         * @param wimpcode the Wimp event code
+         * @param wimpblock the Wimp event block
+         */
+        dataload(desktop::component& target,int wimpcode,
+                os::wimp_block& wimpblock);
+        /** Destroy dataload event. */
+        virtual ~dataload();
+protected:
+        virtual bool deliver(desktop::component& dest);
+public:
+        /** Get destination window handle.
+         * @return the destination window handle
+         */
+        int whandle() const;
+        /** Get destination icon handle.
+         * @return the destination icon handle
+         */
+        int ihandle() const;
+        /** Get destination position.
+         * @return the destination position
+         */
+        point position() const;
+        /** Get estimated size of data.
+         * @return the estimated size of the data
+         */
+        unsigned int estsize() const;
+        /** Get filetype of data.
+         * @return the filetype of the data
+         */
+        unsigned int filetype() const;
+        /** Get pathname for data.
+         * @return the pathname
+         */
+        string pathname() const;
+        /** Send Message_DataLoadAck in reply to this event. */
+        void reply() const;
+};
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/leaving_window.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,31
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003-2004 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/basic_window.h"
+#include "rtk/events/leaving_window.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+using rtk::desktop::component;
+using rtk::desktop::basic_window;
+leaving_window::leaving_window(basic_window& target):
+        event(target)
+{}
+leaving_window::~leaving_window()
+{}
+bool leaving_window::deliver(component& dest)
+{
+        handler* h=dynamic_cast<handler*>(&dest);
+        if (h) h->handle_event(*this);
+        return h;
+}
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/wimp.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,31
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+#include "rtk/events/wimp.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+using rtk::desktop::component;
+wimp::wimp(component& target,int wimpcode,os::wimp_block& wimpblock):
+        event(target),
+        _wimpcode(wimpcode),
+        _wimpblock(&wimpblock)
+{}
+wimp::~wimp()
+{}
+bool wimp::deliver(component& dest)
+{
+        handler* h=dynamic_cast<handler*>(&dest);
+        if (h) h->handle_event(*this);
+        return h;
+}
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/key_pressed.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,45
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/os/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+#include "rtk/events/key_pressed.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+using rtk::desktop::component;
+key_pressed::key_pressed(component& target,int code):
+        event(target),
+        _code(code),
+        _processed(false)
+{}
+key_pressed::key_pressed(component& target,os::wimp_block& wimpblock):
+        event(target),
+        _code(wimpblock.word[6]),
+        _processed(false)
+{}
+key_pressed::~key_pressed()
+{
+        if (!_processed) os::Wimp_ProcessKey(_code);
+}
+bool key_pressed::deliver(component& dest)
+{
+        handler* h=dynamic_cast<handler*>(&dest);
+        if (h) h->handle_event(*this);
+        return h;
+}
+void key_pressed::processed(bool value)
+{
+        _processed=value;
+}
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/reopen_menu.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,50
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_EVENTS_REOPEN_MENU
+#define _RTK_EVENTS_REOPEN_MENU
+#include "rtk/events/event.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+/** An event class for use when the menu tree is to be reopened.
+ * @todo This mechanism does not currently work for top-level dialogue boxes.
+ */
+class reopen_menu:
+        public event
+{
+public:
+        /** A mixin class for handling reopen_menu events.
+         * If a class wishes to receive reopen_menu events then it should
+         * inherit from this mixin class and provide an implementation for
+         * handle_event().
+         */
+        class handler
+        {
+        public:
+                /** Handle reopen_menu event.
+                 * @param ev the reopen_menu event to be handled
+                 */
+                virtual void handle_event(reopen_menu& ev)=0;
+        };
+        /** Construct reopen_menu event.
+         * @param target the target of the event
+         */
+        reopen_menu(desktop::component& target);
+        /** Destroy reopen_menu event.
+         */
+        virtual ~reopen_menu();
+protected:
+        virtual bool deliver(desktop::component& dest);
+};
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/key_pressed.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,92
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_EVENTS_KEY_PRESSED
+#define _RTK_EVENTS_KEY_PRESSED
+#include "rtk/events/event.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace os {
+union wimp_block;
+}; /* namespace os */
+namespace events {
+/** A class to represent a RISC OS Key_Pressed event.
+ */
+class key_pressed:
+        public event
+{
+public:
+        /** A mixin class for handling key_pressed events.
+         * If a class wishes to receive key_pressed events then it should
+         * inherit from this mixin class and provide an implementation for
+         * handle_event().
+         *
+         * The processed flag is initially false.  If it remains false after
+         * all handlers have been called, Wimp_ProcessKey() will be called
+         * so that the keypress can be seen by other tasks.  (This action is
+         * performed automatically by the destructor.)
+         */
+        class handler
+        {
+        public:
+                /** Handle key_pressed event.
+                 * @param ev the key_pressed event to be handled
+                 */
+                virtual void handle_event(key_pressed& ev)=0;
+        };
+private:
+        /** The character code. */
+        int _code;
+        /** The processed flag.
+         * True if the keypress has been processed, otherwise false.
+         */
+        bool _processed;
+public:
+        /** Construct key_pressed event.
+         * @param target the target of the event
+         * @param code the character code for the key that was pressed
+         */
+        key_pressed(desktop::component& target,int code);
+        /** Construct key_pressed event from Wimp_Poll block.
+         * @param target the target of the event
+         * @param block a block of the type returned by Wimp_Poll
+         */
+        key_pressed(desktop::component& target,os::wimp_block& block);
+        /** Destroy key_pressed event.
+         */
+        virtual ~key_pressed();
+        /** Get character code.
+         * @return the character code for the key that was pressed
+         */
+        int code()
+                { return _code; }
+        /** Get processed flag.
+         * @return true if the keypress has been processed, otherwise false
+         */
+        bool processed()
+                { return _processed; }
+        /** Set processed flag.
+         * @param value true if the keypress has been processed, otherwise false
+         */
+        void processed(bool value);
+protected:
+        virtual bool deliver(desktop::component& dest);
+};
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

/tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/timestamp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:keywords
+ Author Date Id Revision
Added: svn:eol-style
+ native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/menusdeleted.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,49
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_EVENTS_MENUSDELETED
+#define _RTK_EVENTS_MENUSDELETED
+#include "rtk/events/event.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+/** A class to represent a RISC OS Message_MenusDeleted user message.
+ */
+class menusdeleted:
+        public event
+{
+public:
+        /** A mixin class for handling menusdeleted events.
+         * If a class wishes to receive menusdeleted events then it should
+         * inherit from this mixin class and provide an implementation for
+         * handle_event().
+         */
+        class handler
+        {
+        public:
+                /** Handle menusdeleted event.
+                 * @param ev the menusdeleted event to be handled
+                 */
+                virtual void handle_event(menusdeleted& ev)=0;
+        };
+        /** Construct menusdeleted event.
+         * @param target the target of the event
+         */
+        menusdeleted(desktop::component& target);
+        /** Destroy menusdeleted event.
+         */
+        virtual ~menusdeleted();
+protected:
+        virtual bool deliver(desktop::component& dest);
+};
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/event.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,42
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+#include "rtk/events/event.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+using rtk::desktop::component;
+event::event(component& target):
+        _target(&target)
+{}
+event::~event()
+{}
+void event::target(component& target)
+{
+        _target=&target;
+}
+bool event::post()
+{
+        bool handled=false;
+        component* dest=_target;
+        while (dest)
+        {
+                // Request parent before delivering event, in case component
+                // does not exist after event has been handled.
+                component* parent=dest->redirected_parent();
+                handled|=deliver(*dest);
+                dest=parent;
+        }
+        return handled;
+}
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/quit.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,29
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+#include "rtk/events/quit.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+using rtk::desktop::component;
+quit::quit(component& target):
+        event(target)
+{}
+quit::~quit()
+{}
+bool quit::deliver(component& dest)
+{
+        handler* h=dynamic_cast<handler*>(&dest);
+        if (h) h->handle_event(*this);
+        return h;
+}
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/event.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,69
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_EVENTS_EVENT
+#define _RTK_EVENTS_EVENT
+namespace rtk {
+namespace graphics {};
+namespace desktop {
+class component;
+}; /* namespace desktop */
+namespace events {
+/** An abstract class to represent an RTK event.
+ */
+class event
+{
+private:
+        /** The target of the event. */
+        desktop::component* _target;
+public:
+        /** Construct event.
+         * @param target the target of the event
+         */
+        event(desktop::component& target);
+        /** Destroy event.
+         */
+        virtual ~event();
+        /** Get target.
+         * @return the target of the event
+         */
+        desktop::component* target() const
+                { return _target; }
+        /** Set target.
+         * @param target the required target of the event
+         */
+        void target(desktop::component& target);
+        /** Post event.
+         * Search upwards from the target for a component with a suitable
+         * handler for this event, then pass this event to that handler.
+         * Continue until all suitable handlers have been called.
+         * @return true if one or more suitable handlers were found,
+         *  otherwise false
+         */
+        bool post();
+protected:
+        /** Deliver event to component.
+         * If the specified destination has a handler method for this event
+         * then call that method.
+         * @param dest the destination to which this event should be delivered
+         * @return true if a handler was found, otherwise false
+         */
+        virtual bool deliver(desktop::component& dest)=0;
+};
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/user_drag_box.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,47
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/swi/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/os/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/application.h"
+#include "rtk/events/user_drag_box.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+using rtk::desktop::component;
+user_drag_box::user_drag_box(component& target,const graphics::box& dbox):
+        event(target),
+        _dbox(dbox)
+{}
+user_drag_box::user_drag_box(component& target,os::wimp_block& wimpblock):
+        event(target),
+        _dbox(wimpblock.word[0],wimpblock.word[1],wimpblock.word[2],
+                wimpblock.word[3])
+{
+        // Calculate origin of target with respect to origin of screen.
+        point origin;
+        target.parent_application(origin);
+        // Translate pointer location from coordinate space of screen
+        // to coordinate space of target.
+        _dbox-=origin;
+}
+user_drag_box::~user_drag_box()
+{}
+bool user_drag_box::deliver(component& dest)
+{
+        handler* h=dynamic_cast<handler*>(&dest);
+        if (h) h->handle_event(*this);
+        return h;
+}
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/message.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,55
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/os/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+#include "rtk/events/message.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+using rtk::desktop::component;
+message::message(component& target,int wimpcode,os::wimp_block& wimpblock):
+        event(target),
+        _wimpcode(wimpcode),
+        _wimpblock(&wimpblock)
+{}
+message::~message()
+{}
+int message::thandle() const
+{
+        return _wimpblock->word[1];
+}
+int message::msgcode() const
+{
+        return _wimpblock->word[4];
+}
+void message::prepare_reply(os::wimp_block& reply,int msgcode,
+        size_type size) const
+{
+        if (size==npos) size=_wimpblock->word[0];
+        unsigned int words=(size+3)>>2;
+        for (unsigned int i=5;i<words;++i) reply.word[i]=_wimpblock->word[i];
+        reply.word[0]=size;
+        reply.word[1]=0;
+        reply.word[2]=0;
+        reply.word[3]=_wimpblock->word[2];
+        reply.word[4]=msgcode;
+}
+bool message::deliver(component& dest)
+{
+        handler* h=dynamic_cast<handler*>(&dest);
+        if (h) h->handle_event(*this);
+        return h;
+}
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/user_drag_box.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,70
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_EVENTS_USER_DRAG_BOX
+#define _RTK_EVENTS_USER_DRAG_BOX
+#include <string>
+#include "rtk/graphics/box.h"
+#include "rtk/events/event.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+using rtk::graphics::point;
+/** A class to represent a RISC OS User_Drag_Box event. */
+class user_drag_box:
+        public event
+{
+public:
+        /** A mixin class for handling user_drag_box events.
+         * If a class wishes to receive user_drag_box events then it should
+         * inherit from this mixin class and provide an implementation for
+         * handle_event().
+         */
+        class handler
+        {
+        public:
+                /** Handle user_drag_box event.
+                 * @param ev the user_drag_box event to be handled
+                 */
+                virtual void handle_event(user_drag_box& ev)=0;
+        };
+private:
+        /** The final position of the drag box, with respect to the target. */
+        graphics::box _dbox;
+public:
+        /** Construct user_drag_box event.
+         * @param target the target of the event
+         * @param dbox the final position of the drag box, with respect to
+         *  the target.
+         */
+        user_drag_box(desktop::component& target,const graphics::box& dbox);
+        /** Construct user_drag_box event from wimp block.
+         * @param target the target of the event
+         * @param block the wimp block
+         */
+        user_drag_box(desktop::component& target,os::wimp_block& block);
+        /** Destroy user_drag_box event. */
+        virtual ~user_drag_box();
+        /** Get final position of drag box.
+         * @return the final position of the drag box, with respect to
+         *  the target.
+         */
+        graphics::box dbox() const
+                { return _dbox; }
+protected:
+        virtual bool deliver(desktop::component& dest);
+};
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/ramfetch.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,52
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/swi/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/os/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/application.h"
+#include "rtk/events/ramfetch.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+using rtk::desktop::component;
+ramfetch::ramfetch(component& target,int wimpcode,os::wimp_block& wimpblock):
+        message(target,wimpcode,wimpblock)
+{}
+ramfetch::~ramfetch()
+{}
+void* ramfetch::buffer() const
+{
+        return reinterpret_cast<void*>(wimpblock().word[5]);
+}
+unsigned int ramfetch::buffer_size() const
+{
+        return wimpblock().word[6];
+}
+void ramfetch::reply(unsigned int count) const
+{
+        os::wimp_block block;
+        prepare_reply(block,swi::Message_RAMTransmit,npos);
+        block.word[6]=count;
+        bool last=count!=buffer_size();
+        int wimpcode=(last)?swi::User_Message:swi::User_Message_Recorded;
+        os::Wimp_SendMessage(wimpcode,block,thandle(),0,0);
+}
+bool ramfetch::deliver(component& dest)
+{
+        handler* h=dynamic_cast<handler*>(&dest);
+        if (h) h->handle_event(*this);
+        return h;
+}
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/menuwarning.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,29
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2004 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+#include "rtk/events/menuwarning.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace events {
+using rtk::desktop::component;
+menuwarning::menuwarning(component& target):
+        event(target)
+{}
+menuwarning::~menuwarning()
+{}
+bool menuwarning::deliver(component& dest)
+{
+        handler* h=dynamic_cast<handler*>(&dest);
+        if (h) h->handle_event(*this);
+        return h;
+}
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/loaded.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,65
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_EVENTS_LOADED
+#define _RTK_EVENTS_LOADED
+#include <string>
+#include "rtk/events/event.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace transfer {
+class load;
+}; /* namespace transfer */
+namespace events {
+/** An event class for reporting that a file has been loaded. */
+class loaded:
+        public event
+{
+private:
+        /** The load operation that loaded the file. */
+        transfer::load* _loadop;
+public:
+        /** A mixin class for handling loaded events.
+         * If a class wishes to receive loaded events then it should
+         * inherit from this mixin class and provide an implementation for
+         * handle_event().
+         */
+        class handler
+        {
+        public:
+                /** Handle loaded event.
+                 * @param ev the loaded event to be handled
+                 */
+                virtual void handle_event(loaded& ev)=0;
+        };
+        /** Construct loaded event.
+         * @param target the target of the event
+         * @param loadop the load operation that loaded the file
+         */
+        loaded(desktop::component& target,transfer::load& loadop);
+        /** Destroy loaded event. */
+        virtual ~loaded();
+        /** Get load operation.
+         * @return the load operation that loaded the file
+         */
+        transfer::load& loadop()
+                { return *_loadop; }
+protected:
+        virtual bool deliver(desktop::component& dest);
+};
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/dataloadack.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,92
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_EVENTS_DATALOADACK
+#define _RTK_EVENTS_DATALOADACK
+#include <string>
+#include "rtk/graphics/point.h"
+#include "rtk/events/message.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace os {
+union wimp_block;
+}; /* namespace os */
+namespace events {
+using rtk::graphics::point;
+/** A class to represent a RISC OS Message_DataLoadAck user message. */
+class dataloadack:
+        public message
+{
+public:
+        /** A mixin class for handling dataloadack events.
+         * If a class wishes to receive dataloadack events then it should
+         * inherit from this mixin class and provide an implementation for
+         * handle_event().
+         */
+        class handler
+        {
+        public:
+                /** Handle dataloadack event.
+                 * @param ev the dataloadack event to be handled
+                 */
+                virtual void handle_event(dataloadack& ev)=0;
+        };
+        /** Construct dataloadack event.
+         * @param target the target of the event
+         * @param wimpcode the Wimp event code
+         * @param wimpblock the Wimp event block
+         */
+        dataloadack(desktop::component& target,int wimpcode,
+                os::wimp_block& wimpblock);
+        /** Destroy dataloadack event.
+         */
+        virtual ~dataloadack();
+protected:
+        virtual bool deliver(desktop::component& dest);
+public:
+        /** Get destination window handle.
+         * @return the destination window handle
+         */
+        int whandle() const;
+        /** Get destination icon handle.
+         * @return the destination icon handle
+         */
+        int ihandle() const;
+        /** Get destination position.
+         * @return the destination position
+         */
+        point position() const;
+        /** Get estimated size of data.
+         * @return the estimated size of the data
+         */
+        unsigned int estsize() const;
+        /** Get filetype of data.
+         * @return the filetype of the data
+         */
+        unsigned int filetype() const;
+        /** Get pathname for data.
+         * @return the pathname
+         */
+        string pathname() const;
+};
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/events/datasave.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,106
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_EVENTS_DATASAVE
+#define _RTK_EVENTS_DATASAVE
+#include <string>
+#include "rtk/graphics/point.h"
+#include "rtk/events/message.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace os {
+union wimp_block;
+}; /* namespace os */
+namespace events {
+using rtk::graphics::point;
+/** A class to represent a RISC OS Message_DataSave user message. */
+class datasave:
+        public message
+{
+public:
+        /** A mixin class for handling datasave events.
+         * If a class wishes to receive datasave events then it should
+         * inherit from this mixin class and provide an implementation for
+         * handle_event().
+         */
+        class handler
+        {
+        public:
+                /** Handle datasave event.
+                 * @param ev the datasave event to be handled
+                 */
+                virtual void handle_event(datasave& ev)=0;
+        };
+        /** Construct datasave event.
+         * @param target the target of the event
+         * @param wimpcode the Wimp event code
+         * @param wimpblock the Wimp event block
+         */
+        datasave(desktop::component& target,int wimpcode,
+                os::wimp_block& wimpblock);
+        /** Destroy datasave event.
+         */
+        virtual ~datasave();
+protected:
+        virtual bool deliver(desktop::component& dest);
+public:
+        /** Get destination window handle.
+         * @return the destination window handle
+         */
+        int whandle() const;
+        /** Get destination icon handle.
+         * @return the destination icon handle
+         */
+        int ihandle() const;
+        /** Get destination position.
+         * @return the destination position
+         */
+        point position() const;
+        /** Get estimated size of data.
+         * @return the estimated size of the data
+         */
+        unsigned int estsize() const;
+        /** Get filetype of data.
+         * @return the filetype of the data
+         */
+        unsigned int filetype() const;
+        /** Get proposed leafname for data.
+         * @return the proposed leafname
+         */
+        string leafname() const;
+        /** Send Message_RAMFetch in reply to this event.
+         * @param buffer the data transfer buffer
+         * @param buffer_size the size of the data transfer buffer
+         */
+        void reply(void* buffer,unsigned int buffer_size) const;
+        /** Send Message_DataSaveAck in reply to this event.
+         * The pathname is secure if it is permanent location for the file
+         * to be stored (as opposed to a temporary name such as <Wimp$Scrap>).
+         * @param pathname the required pathname
+         * @param secure true if pathname is secure, otherwise false
+         */
+        void reply(const string& pathname,bool secure=false) const;
+};
+}; /* namespace events */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/transfer/save.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,240
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include <string.h>
+#include <algorithm>
+#include "rtk/swi/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/os/os.h"
+#include "rtk/os/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/application.h"
+#include "rtk/events/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/events/message.h"
+#include "rtk/events/datasave.h"
+#include "rtk/events/dataload.h"
+#include "rtk/events/ramtransmit.h"
+#include "rtk/events/save_to_app.h"
+#include "rtk/events/save_to_file.h"
+#include "rtk/events/saved.h"
+#include "rtk/transfer/save.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace transfer {
+save::save():
+        _state(state_idle),
+        _thandle(0),
+        _filetype(0xffd),
+        _allow_ram_transfer(true),
+        _secure(false),
+        _ldata(0),
+        _lsize(0)
+{
+        os::Wimp_ReadSysInfo(5,&_thandle,0);
+}
+save::~save()
+{}
+graphics::box save::min_bbox() const
+{
+        return graphics::box();
+}
+void save::handle_event(events::datasaveack& ev)
+{
+        // A Message_DataSaveAck is acted upon in response to a Message_DataSave.
+        if (_state==state_datasave)
+        {
+                get_file(ev.pathname());
+                _pathname=ev.pathname();
+                _secure=ev.estsize()!=static_cast<size_type>(-1);
+                ev.reply();
+                _state=state_dataload;
+        }
+}
+void save::handle_event(events::dataloadack& ev)
+{
+        // A Message_DataLoadAck is acted upon in response to a Message_DataLoad.
+        if (_state==state_dataload)
+        {
+                _state=state_idle;
+                events::saved ev2(*this,*this);
+                ev2.post();
+        }
+}
+void save::handle_event(events::ramfetch& ev)
+{
+        // A Message_RAMFetch is acted upon in response to a Message_DataSave
+        // or a Message_RAMTransmit, but only if RAM transfers are enabled.
+        if (((_state==state_datasave)||(_state==state_ramtransmit))&&
+                _allow_ram_transfer)
+        {
+                size_type rfree=ev.buffer_size();
+                void* rdata=ev.buffer();
+                if (!_lsize) get_block(&_ldata,&_lsize);
+                while (rfree&&_lsize)
+                {
+                        size_type count=min(rfree,_lsize);
+                        os::Wimp_TransferBlock(_thandle,_ldata,ev.thandle(),rdata,count);
+                        rdata=static_cast<char*>(rdata)+count;
+                        _ldata=static_cast<const char*>(_ldata)+count;
+                        rfree-=count;
+                        _lsize-=count;
+                        if (!_lsize) get_block(&_ldata,&_lsize);
+                }
+                ev.reply(ev.buffer_size()-rfree);
+                if (rfree)
+                {
+                        // If there is space at the end of the buffer then this is
+                        // the last message and no reply is expected.
+                        finish();
+                        _state=state_idle;
+                        events::saved ev2(*this,*this);
+                        ev2.post();
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                        // If there is no space at the end of the buffer then at
+                        // least one more Message_RAMFetch is expected.
+                        _state=state_ramtransmit;
+                }
+        }
+}
+void save::handle_event(events::save_to_app& ev)
+{
+        os::wimp_block& block=*new os::wimp_block;
+        block.word[3]=0;
+        block.word[4]=swi::Message_DataSave;
+        block.word[5]=ev.whandle();
+        block.word[6]=ev.ihandle();
+        block.word[7]=ev.position().x();
+        block.word[8]=ev.position().y();
+        block.word[9]=estsize();
+        block.word[10]=filetype();
+        unsigned int i=ev.leafname().copy(block.byte+44,211);
+        block.byte[44+i]=0;
+        block.word[0]=44+((i+4)&~3);
+        if (desktop::application* app=ev.target()->parent_application())
+                app->send_message(swi::User_Message,block,ev.whandle(),ev.ihandle());
+        start();
+        _ldata=0;
+        _lsize=0;
+        _pathname=string();
+        _secure=false;
+        _state=state_datasave;
+}
+void save::handle_event(events::save_to_file& ev)
+{
+        _pathname=string();
+        _secure=false;
+        get_file(ev.pathname());
+        _pathname=ev.pathname();
+        _secure=true;
+        _state=state_idle;
+        events::saved ev2(*this,*this);
+        ev2.post();
+}
+save& save::filetype(unsigned int filetype)
+{
+        _filetype=filetype;
+        return *this;
+}
+save& save::allow_ram_transfer(bool value)
+{
+        _allow_ram_transfer=value;
+        return *this;
+}
+void save::deliver_wimp_block(int wimpcode,os::wimp_block& wimpblock)
+{
+        switch (wimpcode)
+        {
+        case 17:
+        case 18:
+        case 19:
+                deliver_message(wimpcode,wimpblock);
+                break;
+        default:
+                {
+                        events::wimp ev(*this,wimpcode,wimpblock);
+                        ev.post();
+                }
+                break;
+        }
+}
+void save::deliver_message(int wimpcode,os::wimp_block& wimpblock)
+{
+        switch (wimpblock.word[4])
+        {
+        case swi::Message_DataSave:
+                {
+                        events::datasave ev(*this,wimpcode,wimpblock);
+                        ev.post();
+                }
+                break;
+        case swi::Message_DataSaveAck:
+                {
+                        events::datasaveack ev(*this,wimpcode,wimpblock);
+                        ev.post();
+                }
+                break;
+        case swi::Message_DataLoad:
+                {
+                        events::dataload ev(*this,wimpcode,wimpblock);
+                        ev.post();
+                }
+                break;
+        case swi::Message_DataLoadAck:
+                {
+                        events::dataloadack ev(*this,wimpcode,wimpblock);
+                        ev.post();
+                }
+                break;
+        case swi::Message_RAMFetch:
+                {
+                        events::ramfetch ev(*this,wimpcode,wimpblock);
+                        ev.post();
+                }
+                break;
+        case swi::Message_RAMTransmit:
+                {
+                        events::ramtransmit ev(*this,wimpcode,wimpblock);
+                        ev.post();
+                }
+                break;
+        default:
+                {
+                        events::message ev(*this,wimpcode,wimpblock);
+                        ev.post();
+                }
+                break;
+        }
+}
+void save::get_file(const string& pathname)
+{
+        start();
+        int fhandle;
+        os::OS_Find(0x83,pathname.c_str(),0,&fhandle);
+        get_block(&_ldata,&_lsize);
+        while (_lsize)
+        {
+                os::OS_GBPB2(fhandle,_ldata,_lsize,0);
+                get_block(&_ldata,&_lsize);
+        }
+        os::OS_Find0(fhandle);
+        finish();
+}
+}; /* namespace transfer */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/transfer/load.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,198
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/swi/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/os/os.h"
+#include "rtk/os/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/application.h"
+#include "rtk/events/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/events/message.h"
+#include "rtk/events/ramfetch.h"
+#include "rtk/events/datasaveack.h"
+#include "rtk/events/loaded.h"
+#include "rtk/transfer/load.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace transfer {
+load::load():
+        _state(state_idle),
+        _thandle(0),
+        _filetype(0xffd),
+        _allow_ram_transfer(true),
+        _ldata(0),
+        _lsize(0)
+{
+        os::Wimp_ReadSysInfo(5,&_thandle,0);
+}
+load::~load()
+{}
+graphics::box load::min_bbox() const
+{
+        return graphics::box();
+}
+void load::handle_event(events::datasave& ev)
+{
+        // A Message_DataSave is acted upon at any time.
+        if (_allow_ram_transfer)
+        {
+                // If RAM transfers are enabled then reply with Message_RAMFetch.
+                start(ev.estsize());
+                _ldata=0;
+                _lsize=0;
+                get_block(&_ldata,&_lsize);
+                ev.reply(_ldata,_lsize);
+                // Keep a copy of the Message_DataSave so that a Message_DataSaveAck
+                // be sent if the Message_RAMFetch fails.
+                unsigned int size=(ev.wimpblock().word[0]+3)>>2;
+                for (unsigned int i=0;i!=size;++i)
+                        _datasave_block.word[i]=ev.wimpblock().word[i];
+                _state=state_ramfetch_first;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+                // If RAM transfers are disabled then reply with Message_DataSaveAck.
+                ev.reply("<Wimp$Scrap>");
+                _state=state_idle;
+        }
+}
+void load::handle_event(events::dataload& ev)
+{
+        // A Message_DataLoad is acted upon at any time.
+        put_file(ev.pathname(),ev.estsize());
+        ev.reply();
+        _state=state_idle;
+        events::loaded ev2(*this,*this);
+        ev2.post();
+        remove();
+}
+void load::handle_event(events::dataopen& ev)
+{
+        // A Message_DataOpen is acted upon at any time.
+        // Unlike Message_DataLoad, the reply is sent before the file is loaded.
+        ev.reply();
+        put_file(ev.pathname(),0);
+        _state=state_idle;
+        events::loaded ev2(*this,*this);
+        ev2.post();
+        remove();
+}
+void load::handle_event(events::ramfetch& ev)
+{
+        // A Message_RAMFetch will be a User_Message_Acknowledge if it has
+        // been delivered to this component.
+        // It is acted upon only if it was the first Message_RAMFetch
+        // following a Message_DataSave.
+        if (_state==state_ramfetch_first)
+        {
+                events::datasave ev2(*this,swi::User_Message,_datasave_block);
+                ev2.reply("<Wimp$Scrap>");
+                _state=state_idle;
+        }
+}
+void load::handle_event(events::ramtransmit& ev)
+{
+        // A Message_RAMTransmit is acted upon in response to a Message_RAMFetch.
+        if ((_state==state_ramfetch_first)||(_state==state_ramfetch))
+        {
+                put_block(ev.buffer_size());
+                if (ev.buffer_size()==_lsize)
+                {
+                        _ldata=0;
+                        _lsize=0;
+                        get_block(&_ldata,&_lsize);
+                        ev.reply(_ldata,_lsize);
+                        _state=state_ramfetch;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                        finish();
+                        _state=state_idle;
+                        events::loaded ev(*this,*this);
+                        ev.post();
+                        remove();
+                }
+        }
+}
+load& load::allow_ram_transfer(bool value)
+{
+        _allow_ram_transfer=value;
+        return *this;
+}
+void load::deliver_wimp_block(int wimpcode,os::wimp_block& wimpblock)
+{
+        switch (wimpcode)
+        {
+        case 17:
+        case 18:
+        case 19:
+                deliver_message(wimpcode,wimpblock);
+                break;
+        default:
+                {
+                        events::wimp ev(*this,wimpcode,wimpblock);
+                        ev.post();
+                }
+                break;
+        }
+}
+void load::deliver_message(int wimpcode,os::wimp_block& wimpblock)
+{
+        switch (wimpblock.word[4])
+        {
+        case swi::Message_RAMFetch:
+                {
+                        events::ramfetch ev(*this,wimpcode,wimpblock);
+                        ev.post();
+                }
+                break;
+        case swi::Message_RAMTransmit:
+                {
+                        events::ramtransmit ev(*this,wimpcode,wimpblock);
+                        ev.post();
+                }
+                break;
+        default:
+                {
+                        events::message ev(*this,wimpcode,wimpblock);
+                        ev.post();
+                }
+                break;
+        }
+}
+void load::put_file(const string& pathname,size_type estsize)
+{
+        start(estsize);
+        int fhandle;
+        os::OS_Find(0x4f,pathname.c_str(),0,&fhandle);
+        bool eof;
+        os::OS_Args5(fhandle,&eof);
+        while (!eof)
+        {
+                _ldata=0;
+                _lsize=0;
+                get_block(&_ldata,&_lsize);
+                unsigned int excess=0;
+                os::OS_GBPB4(fhandle,_ldata,_lsize,&excess,0);
+                put_block(_lsize-excess);
+                os::OS_Args5(fhandle,&eof);
+        }
+        os::OS_Find0(fhandle);
+        finish();
+}
+}; /* namespace transfer */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

/tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/transfer/timestamp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:keywords
+ Author Date Id Revision
Added: svn:eol-style
+ native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/transfer/save.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,199
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_TRANSFER_SAVE
+#define _RTK_TRANSFER_SAVE
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+#include "rtk/events/datasaveack.h"
+#include "rtk/events/dataloadack.h"
+#include "rtk/events/ramfetch.h"
+#include "rtk/events/save_to_app.h"
+#include "rtk/events/save_to_file.h"
+#include "rtk/events/redirection.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace os {
+union wimp_block;
+}; /* namespace os */
+namespace transfer {
+/** An abstract class to represent a save operation using the
+ * data transfer protocol.
+ * Implementations must override start(), get(), finish() and estsize()
+ * to define the source of the data.
+ */
+class save:
+        public desktop::component,
+        public events::datasaveack::handler,
+        public events::dataloadack::handler,
+        public events::ramfetch::handler,
+        public events::save_to_app::handler,
+        public events::save_to_file::handler,
+        public events::redirection
+{
+public:
+        /** A type for representing byte counts. */
+        typedef unsigned int size_type;
+        /** A null value for use in place of a byte count. */
+        static const size_type npos=static_cast<size_type>(-1);
+private:
+        /** An enumeration to represent the current state of the
+         * save operation. */
+        enum state_type
+        {
+                /** The state in which the save operation is waiting for an RTK
+                 * save_to_file or save_to_app event. */
+                state_idle,
+                /** The state in which the save operation has sent a Message_DataSave
+                 * and is waiting for either Message_RAMFetch or Message_DataSaveAck.
+                 */
+                state_datasave,
+                /** The state in which the save operation has sent a Message_DataLoad
+                 * and is waiting for a Message_DataLoadAck. */
+                state_dataload,
+                /** The state in which the save operation has sent an initial or
+                 * intermediate Message_RAMTransmit and is waiting for a
+                 * Message_RAMFetch. */
+                state_ramtransmit
+        };
+        /** The current state of the save operation. */
+        state_type _state;
+        /** The local task handle. */
+        int _thandle;
+        /** The filetype of the data to be saved. */
+        unsigned int _filetype;
+        /** The RAM transfer allowed flag. */
+        bool _allow_ram_transfer;
+        /** The pathname to which the data was most recently saved. */
+        string _pathname;
+        /** The data secure flag. */
+        bool _secure;
+        /** The current local data buffer. */
+        const void* _ldata;
+        /** The current local data buffer size. */
+        size_type _lsize;
+public:
+        /** Construct save object. */
+        save();
+        /** Destroy save object. */
+        virtual ~save();
+        virtual graphics::box min_bbox() const;
+        virtual void handle_event(events::datasaveack& ev);
+        virtual void handle_event(events::dataloadack& ev);
+        virtual void handle_event(events::ramfetch& ev);
+        virtual void handle_event(events::save_to_app& ev);
+        virtual void handle_event(events::save_to_file& ev);
+        /** Get filetype.
+         * @return the filetype of the data to be saved
+         */
+        unsigned int filetype() const
+                { return _filetype; }
+        /** Get RAM transfer allowed flag.
+         * @return true if RAM transfers are allowed, otherwise false.
+         */
+        bool allow_ram_transfer() const
+                { return _allow_ram_transfer; }
+        /** Get pathname.
+         * This is set to the empty string if the data has not been saved,
+         * or if the most recent save operation used the RAM transfer
+         * protocol.
+         * @return the pathname to which the data was most recently saved
+         */
+        const string& pathname() const
+                { return _pathname; }
+        /** Get data secure flag.
+         * The date is secure if it has been written to a parmanent file
+         * (as opposed to a temporary file such as <Wimp$Scrap>).
+         * @return the data secure flag
+         */
+        bool secure() const
+                { return _secure; }
+        /** Set filetype.
+         * @param filetype the filetype of the data to be saved.
+         */
+        save& filetype(unsigned int filetype);
+        /** Set RAM transfer allowed flag.
+         * Applications are not obliged to support RAM transfers, but nor is
+         * any extra work needed to implement them when using this class.
+         * They should be enabled unless there is a good reason not to.
+         * @param value true if RAM transfers are allowed, otherwise false.
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        save& allow_ram_transfer(bool value);
+        /** Deliver Wimp event block.
+         * @internal
+         * @param wimpcode the Wimp event code
+         * @param wimpblock the Wimp event block
+         */
+        void deliver_wimp_block(int wimpcode,os::wimp_block& wimpblock);
+        /** Deliver Wimp message.
+         * @internal
+         * @param wimpcode the Wimp event code
+         * @param wimpblock the Wimp event block
+         */
+        void deliver_message(int wimpcode,os::wimp_block& wimpblock);
+protected:
+        /** Start new save operation.
+         * If start() is called before a previous operation has been completed
+         * then the previous operation should be aborted.
+         */
+        virtual void start()=0;
+        /** Get data as memory block.
+         * A memory block is returned containing some or all of the remaining
+         * data.  To obtain all of the data, repeat until the returned count
+         * is zero.
+         * @param data the buffer for the returned block pointer
+         * @param count a buffer for the returned block length in bytes
+         */
+        virtual void get_block(const void** data,size_type* count)=0;
+        /** Finish save operation. */
+        virtual void finish()=0;
+        /** Get estimated size.
+         * @return the estimated size of the data
+         */
+        virtual size_type estsize()=0;
+        /** Get data as file.
+         * All data is copied to the specified pathname.
+         * The default implementation of this method uses read() to
+         * fetch the data and OS_GBPB to write it to disc.
+         * It can be overridden if a more efficient method is known,
+         * but there is no obligation to do so.
+         * @param pathname the pathname to which the data should be copied
+         */
+        virtual void get_file(const string& pathname);
+};
+}; /* namespace transfer */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/transfer/load.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,172
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_TRANSFER_LOAD
+#define _RTK_TRANSFER_LOAD
+#include "rtk/os/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+#include "rtk/events/datasave.h"
+#include "rtk/events/dataload.h"
+#include "rtk/events/dataopen.h"
+#include "rtk/events/ramfetch.h"
+#include "rtk/events/ramtransmit.h"
+#include "rtk/events/redirection.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace transfer {
+/** A abstract class to represent a load operation using the
+ * data transfer protocol.
+ * Implementations must override start(), get(), put() and finish()
+ * to define what is done with the data.
+ */
+class load:
+        public desktop::component,
+        public events::datasave::handler,
+        public events::dataload::handler,
+        public events::dataopen::handler,
+        public events::ramfetch::handler,
+        public events::ramtransmit::handler,
+        public events::redirection
+{
+public:
+        /** A type for representing byte counts. */
+        typedef unsigned int size_type;
+        /** A null value for use in place of a byte count. */
+        static const size_type npos=static_cast<size_type>(-1);
+private:
+        /** An enumeration to represent the state of the load operation. */
+        enum state_type
+        {
+                /** The state in which the load operation is waiting for a
+                 * Message_DataSave or Message_DataLoad. */
+                state_idle,
+                /** The state in which the load operation has sent an initial
+                 * Message_RAMFetch and is waiting for either Message_RAMTransmit
+                 * or for the Message_RAMFetch to be returned. */
+                state_ramfetch_first,
+                /** The state in which the load operation has sent an intermediate
+                 * Message_RAMFetch and is waiting for a Message_RAMTransmit. */
+                state_ramfetch
+        };
+        /** The current state of the load operation. */
+        state_type _state;
+        /** The local task handle. */
+        int _thandle;
+        /** The filetype of the data loaded. */
+        unsigned int _filetype;
+        /** The RAM transfer allowed flag. */
+        bool _allow_ram_transfer;
+        /** The current local data buffer. */
+        void* _ldata;
+        /** The current local data buffer size. */
+        size_type _lsize;
+        /** A copy of the Message_DataSave message block.
+         * This is needed to produce the Message_DataSavAck that is sent if
+         * the Message_RAMFetch is negatively acknowledged.
+         */
+        os::wimp_block _datasave_block;
+public:
+        /** Construct load object.
+         * By default, RAM transfers are allowed.
+         */
+        load();
+        /** Destroy load object. */
+        virtual ~load();
+        virtual graphics::box min_bbox() const;
+        virtual void handle_event(events::datasave& ev);
+        virtual void handle_event(events::dataload& ev);
+        virtual void handle_event(events::dataopen& ev);
+        virtual void handle_event(events::ramfetch& ev);
+        virtual void handle_event(events::ramtransmit& ev);
+        /** Get filetype of data loaded
+         * @return the filetype of the data
+         */
+        unsigned int filetype() const
+                { return _filetype; }
+        /** Get RAM transfer allowed flag.
+         * @return true if RAM transfers are allowed, otherwise false
+         */
+        bool allow_ram_transfer() const
+                { return _allow_ram_transfer; }
+        /** Set RAM transfer allowed flag.
+         * Applications are not obliged to support RAM transfers, but nor is
+         * any extra work needed to implement them when using this class.
+         * They should be enabled unless there is a good reason not to.
+         * @param value true if RAM transfers are allowed, otherwise false
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        load& allow_ram_transfer(bool value);
+        /** Deliver Wimp event block.
+         * @internal
+         * @param wimpcode the Wimp event code
+         * @param wimpblock the Wimp event block
+         */
+        void deliver_wimp_block(int wimpcode,os::wimp_block& wimpblock);
+        /** Deliver Wimp message.
+         * @internal
+         * @param wimpcode the Wimp event code
+         * @param wimpblock the Wimp event block
+         */
+        void deliver_message(int wimpcode,os::wimp_block& wimpblock);
+protected:
+        /** Start new load operation.
+         * If start() is called before a previous operation has been completed
+         * then the previous operation should be aborted.
+         * @param estsize the estimated file size in bytes
+         */
+        virtual void start(size_type estsize)=0;
+        /** Get block.
+         * The callee is free to offer any size of block, and may offer
+         * a different size each time it is called.
+         * @param data a buffer for the returned block pointer
+         * @param size a buffer for the returned block size in bytes
+         */
+        virtual void get_block(void** data,size_type* size)=0;
+        /** Put data from block.
+         * The caller is not required to fill the buffer supplied by get(),
+         * but should at least partially fill it.
+         * @param count the block length in bytes
+         */
+        virtual void put_block(size_type count)=0;
+        /** Finish load operation. */
+        virtual void finish()=0;
+        /** Put data from file.
+         * All data is copied from the specified pathname.
+         * The default implementation of this method uses OS_GBPB to fetch
+         * the data from disc and write() to send it to the application.
+         * It can be overridden if a more efficient method is known,
+         * but there is no obligation to do so.
+         * @param pathname the pathname from which the data should be copied
+         * @param estsize the estimated file size in bytes
+         */
+        virtual void put_file(const string& pathname,size_type estsize);
+};
+}; /* namespace transfer */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/transfer/save_linelist.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,85
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/transfer/save_linelist.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace transfer {
+save_linelist::save_linelist():
+        _linelist(&_default_linelist),
+        _pos(_default_linelist.end()),
+        _eol(false)
+{}
+save_linelist::~save_linelist()
+{}
+void save_linelist::start()
+{
+        _pos=_linelist->begin();
+        _eol=false;
+}
+void save_linelist::get_block(const void** data,size_type* count)
+{
+        if (_eol)
+        {
+                static char linefeed='\n';
+                if (data) *data=&linefeed;
+                if (count) *count=1;
+                _eol=false;
+        }
+        else if (_pos!=_linelist->end())
+        {
+                const string& s=*_pos++;
+                if (s.length())
+                {
+                        if (data) *data=s.data();
+                        if (count) *count=s.length();
+                        _eol=true;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                        // Cannot return a block of length 0 (because that would
+                        // terminate the save operation), so must return a newline
+                        // now.
+                        static char linefeed='\n';
+                        if (data) *data=&linefeed;
+                        if (count) *count=1;
+                        _eol=false;
+                }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+                // If finished then return an empty block.
+                if (data) *data=0;
+                if (count) *count=0;
+        }
+}
+void save_linelist::finish()
+{}
+save_linelist::size_type save_linelist::estsize()
+{
+        size_type size=0;
+        for (list<string>::const_iterator i=_linelist->begin();
+                i!=_linelist->end();++i)
+        {
+                const string& s=*i;
+                size+=s.length()+1;
+        }
+        return size;
+}
+save_linelist& save_linelist::linelist(list<string>& linelist)
+{
+        _linelist=&linelist;
+        return *this;
+}
+}; /* namespace transfer */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/transfer/load_linelist.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,79
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/swi/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/os/os.h"
+#include "rtk/os/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/application.h"
+#include "rtk/events/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/events/message.h"
+#include "rtk/events/ramfetch.h"
+#include "rtk/events/datasaveack.h"
+#include "rtk/events/save_to_app.h"
+#include "rtk/events/save_to_file.h"
+#include "rtk/transfer/load_linelist.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace transfer {
+load_linelist::load_linelist(size_type buffer_size):
+        load(),
+        _linelist(&_default_linelist),
+        _buffer(new char[buffer_size]),
+        _buffer_size(buffer_size),
+        _newline(true)
+{}
+load_linelist::~load_linelist()
+{
+        delete[] _buffer;
+}
+void load_linelist::start(size_type estsize)
+{
+        _linelist->clear();
+        _newline=true;
+}
+void load_linelist::get_block(void** data,size_type* size)
+{
+        if (data) *data=_buffer;
+        if (size) *size=_buffer_size;
+}
+void load_linelist::put_block(size_type count)
+{
+        char* p=_buffer;
+        char* q=p;
+        for (size_type i=0;i!=count;++i)
+        {
+                if (*p++=='\n')
+                {
+                        if (_newline) _linelist->push_back(string());
+                        _linelist->back()+=string(q,p-1);
+                        q=p;
+                        _newline=true;
+                }
+        }
+        if (p!=q)
+        {
+                if (_newline) _linelist->push_back(string());
+                _linelist->back()+=string(q,p);
+                q=p;
+                _newline=false;
+        }
+}
+void load_linelist::finish()
+{}
+load_linelist& load_linelist::linelist(list<string>& linelist)
+{
+        _linelist=&linelist;
+        return *this;
+}
+}; /* namespace transfer */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/transfer/save_linelist.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,78
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_TRANSFER_SAVE_LINELIST
+#define _RTK_TRANSFER_SAVE_LINELIST
+#include <list>
+#include <string>
+#include "rtk/transfer/save.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace transfer {
+/** A class for saving lines of text. */
+class save_linelist:
+        public save
+{
+private:
+        /** A pointer to the line list to be saved.
+         * This always points to a list<string>: it can never be null.
+         */
+        list<string>* _linelist;
+        /** The current position within _linelist. */
+        list<string>::const_iterator _pos;
+        /** The default value for _linelist. */
+        list<string> _default_linelist;
+        /** The end-of-line flag.
+         * When true, a line of text has been saved but the associated newline
+         * character has not.
+         */
+        bool _eol;
+public:
+        /** Construct save_linelist operation. */
+        save_linelist();
+        /** Destroy save_linelist operation. */
+        virtual ~save_linelist();
+protected:
+        virtual void start();
+        virtual void get_block(const void** data,size_type* count);
+        virtual void finish();
+        virtual size_type estsize();
+public:
+        /** Get line list to be saved.
+         * The returned list reference is writable, so it is possible to add
+         * strings to the default list and save that (as opposed to specifying
+         * an external list).
+         * @return a reference to the data to be saved
+         */
+        list<string>& linelist()
+                { return *_linelist; }
+        /** Set line list to be saved.
+         * The default list may be reactivated by specifying default_linelist()
+         * as the argument to this function.
+         * @param linelist the data to be saved
+         */
+        save_linelist& linelist(list<string>& linelist);
+        /** Get default line list.
+         * This is the list that is used if an external list has not been
+         * specified.  It is the default value of linelist().
+         * @return a reference to the default line list
+         */
+        list<string>& default_linelist()
+                { return _default_linelist; }
+};
+}; /* namespace transfer */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/transfer/load_linelist.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,80
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_TRANSFER_LOAD_LINELIST
+#define _RTK_TRANSFER_LOAD_LINELIST
+#include <list>
+#include <string>
+#include "rtk/transfer/load.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace transfer {
+/** A class for loading lines of text. */
+class load_linelist:
+        public load
+{
+private:
+        /** A pointer to the list of lines that have been loaded.
+         * This always points to a list of string: it can never be null.
+         */
+        list<string>* _linelist;
+        /** The default value for _linelist. */
+        list<string> _default_linelist;
+        /** The buffer used to receive data before it is parsed into lines. */
+        char* _buffer;
+        /** The size of _buffer. */
+        size_type _buffer_size;
+        /** The newline flag.
+         * True if the next character parsed should begin a new line,
+         * false if it should be appended to the previous line.
+         */
+        bool _newline;
+public:
+        /** Construct load_linelist object. */
+        load_linelist(size_type buffer_size=0x400);
+        /** Destroy load_linelist object. */
+        virtual ~load_linelist();
+protected:
+        virtual void start(size_type estsize);
+        virtual void get_block(void** data,size_type* size);
+        virtual void put_block(size_type count);
+        virtual void finish();
+public:
+        /** Get line list.
+         * The returned list reference is writable, so it is possible to swap
+         * the list content into an external list.
+         * @return a reference to the data that has been loaded
+         */
+        list<string>& linelist()
+                { return *_linelist; }
+        /** Set line list.
+         * The default list may be reactivated by specifying default_linelist()
+         * as the argument to this function.
+         * @param linelist the list into which the data is loaded
+         */
+        load_linelist& linelist(list<string>& linelist);
+        /** Get default line list.
+         * This is the list that is used if an external list has not been
+         * specified.  It is the default value of linelist().
+         * @return a reference to the default line list
+         */
+        list<string>& default_linelist()
+                { return _default_linelist; }
+};
+}; /* namespace transfer */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/transfer/Makefile
 New file
 ,0 → 1,21
+# This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+# Copyright © 2003-2004 Graham Shaw.
+# Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+# a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+CPPFLAGS = -Irtk_build:
+CXXFLAGS = -mthrowback -munixlib -mpoke-function-name -Wall -W -Wno-unused -O2
+include fixdeps:Rules/make
+OBJ = load.o \
+ load_linelist.o \
+ save.o \
+ save_linelist.o
+all: timestamp
+timestamp: $(OBJ)
+        touch timestamp
+include $(OBJ:.o=.d)
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/desktop/prog_info_dbox.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,43
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/desktop/display_field.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/prog_info_dbox.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace desktop {
+prog_info_dbox::prog_info_dbox()
+{
+        title("About this program");
+        close_icon(false);
+        _grid.xgap(8).ygap(8);
+        _grid.margin(8);
+        inherited::add(_grid);
+}
+prog_info_dbox::~prog_info_dbox()
+{
+        remove();
+}
+prog_info_dbox& prog_info_dbox::add(const string& name,const string& value)
+{
+        int ycells=_grid.ycells();
+        icon& name_icon=*new icon();
+        name_icon.text(name);
+        name_icon.xbaseline(xbaseline_right);
+        display_field& value_icon=*new display_field();
+        value_icon.text(value);
+        _grid.add(name_icon,0,ycells).add(value_icon,1,ycells);
+        return *this;
+}
+}; /* namespace desktop */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/desktop/virtual_column_layout.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,249
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <functional>
+#include "rtk/util/divider.h"
+#include "rtk/graphics/gcontext.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/virtual_column_layout.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace desktop {
+using rtk::util::divider;
+virtual_column_layout::virtual_column_layout(size_type ycells):
+        _ycells(ycells),
+        _ymax(ycells+1,0),
+        _ygap(0)
+{}
+virtual_column_layout::~virtual_column_layout()
+{
+        remove();
+}
+box virtual_column_layout::auto_bbox() const
+{
+        // Reset x-baseline set.
+        _xbs=xbaseline_set();
+        // Request min_bbox for each cell.  Incorporate into x-baseline set
+        // and total height.
+        int ysize=0;
+        for (size_type y=0;y!=_ycells;++y)
+        {
+                box mcbbox=cell_min_bbox(y);
+                _xbs.add(mcbbox,cell_xbaseline(y));
+                ysize+=mcbbox.ysize();
+        }
+        // Calculate combined width.
+        int xsize=_xbs.xsize();
+        // Add gaps to total height.
+        if (_ycells) ysize+=(_ycells-1)*_ygap;
+        // Add margin to width and height.
+        xsize+=_margin.xsize();
+        ysize+=_margin.ysize();
+        // Construct minimum bounding box, with respect to top left-hand
+        // corner of layout.
+        box abbox(0,-ysize,xsize,0);
+        // Translate to external origin and return.
+        abbox-=external_origin(abbox,xbaseline_left,ybaseline_top);
+        return abbox;
+}
+box virtual_column_layout::bbox() const
+{
+        return _bbox;
+}
+void virtual_column_layout::reformat(const point& origin,const box& pbbox)
+{
+        // Fit bounding box to parent.
+        box bbox=fit(pbbox);
+        // Update origin and bounding box of this component, force redraw
+        // if necessary.  (This must happen before reformat() is called for
+        // any children.)
+        bool moved=(origin!=this->origin())||(bbox!=this->bbox());
+        if (moved) force_redraw(true);
+        _bbox=bbox;
+        inherited::reformat(origin,bbox);
+        if (moved) force_redraw(true);
+        // Remove margin.
+        box ibox(_bbox-_margin);
+        // Get bounding box before adding excess.
+        box abbox=auto_bbox();
+        // Calculate excess.
+        int yexcess=_bbox.ysize()-abbox.ysize();
+        if (yexcess<0) yexcess=0;
+        int yspread=abbox.ysize();
+        yspread-=_margin.ysize();
+        if (_ycells) yspread-=(_ycells-1)*_ygap;
+        if (yspread<0) yspread=0;
+        divider ydiv(yexcess,yspread);
+        // Set maximum y-coordinate for each cell.
+        int ypos=ibox.ymax();
+        _ymax[0]=ypos;
+        for (size_type y=0;y!=_ycells;++y)
+        {
+                // Get minimum bounding box for cell.
+                box mcbbox=cell_min_bbox(y);
+                // Set maximum y-coordinate for next cell.
+                int ysize=mcbbox.ysize();
+                ypos-=ysize+ydiv(ysize);
+                ypos-=_ygap;
+                _ymax[y+1]=ypos;
+        }
+        // Place children.
+        for (size_type y=0;y!=_ycells;++y)
+        {
+                // Create y-baseline set for just this cell.
+                ybaseline_set ybs;
+                ybs.add(cell_min_bbox(y),cell_ybaseline(y));
+                // Construct bounding box for cell with respect to origin
+                // of layout.
+                box cbbox(ibox.xmin(),_ymax[y+1]+_ygap,ibox.xmax(),_ymax[y]);
+                // Calculate offset from top left-hand corner of cell to
+                // origin of child.
+                int xoffset=_xbs.offset(xbaseline_left,cell_xbaseline(y),
+                        cbbox.xsize());
+                int yoffset=ybs.offset(ybaseline_bottom,cell_ybaseline(y),
+                        cbbox.ysize());
+                point coffset(xoffset,yoffset);
+                // Calculate origin of cell with respect to origin of layout.
+                point cpos(cbbox.xminymin()+coffset);
+                // Reformat child.
+                cell_reformat(y,cpos,cbbox-cpos);
+        }
+}
+void virtual_column_layout::redraw(gcontext& context,const box& clip)
+{
+        // Remove margin.
+        box ibox(_bbox-_margin);
+        // Look for the first row with a lower edge which overlaps (or is
+        // below) the clip box: _ymax[y0+1] + _ygap < clip.ymax().
+        vector<int>::iterator yf0=upper_bound(
+                _ymax.begin(),_ymax.end(),clip.ymax()-_ygap,greater<int>());
+        size_type y0=yf0-_ymax.begin();
+        if (y0) --y0;
+        // Look for the first row with an upper edge which is below the
+        // clip box: _ymax[y1] <= clip.ymin().
+        vector<int>::iterator yf1=lower_bound(
+                _ymax.begin(),_ymax.end(),clip.ymin(),greater<int>());
+        size_type y1=yf1-_ymax.begin();
+        if (y1>_ycells) y1=_ycells;
+        // Redraw children.
+        // For safety, use an inequality in the for loop.
+        for (size_type y=y0;y<y1;++y)
+        {
+                // Create y-baseline set for just this cell.
+                ybaseline_set ybs;
+                ybs.add(cell_min_bbox(y),cell_ybaseline(y));
+                // Construct bounding box for cell with respect to origin
+                // of layout.
+                box cbbox(ibox.xmin(),_ymax[y+1]+_ygap,ibox.xmax(),_ymax[y]);
+                // Calculate offset from top left-hand corner of cell to
+                // origin of child.
+                int xoffset=_xbs.offset(xbaseline_left,cell_xbaseline(y),
+                        cbbox.xsize());
+                int yoffset=ybs.offset(ybaseline_bottom,cell_ybaseline(y),
+                        cbbox.ysize());
+                point coffset(xoffset,yoffset);
+                // Calculate origin of cell with respect to origin of layout.
+                point cpos(cbbox.xminymin()+coffset);
+                // Redraw cell.
+                context+=cpos;
+                cell_redraw(y,context,clip-cpos);
+                context-=cpos;
+        }
+        inherited::redraw(context,clip);
+}
+virtual_column_layout& virtual_column_layout::cells(size_type ycells)
+{
+        _ycells=ycells;
+        _ymax.resize(ycells+1,0);
+        invalidate();
+        return *this;
+}
+virtual_column_layout& virtual_column_layout::ygap(int ygap)
+{
+        _ygap=ygap;
+        invalidate();
+        return *this;
+}
+virtual_column_layout& virtual_column_layout::margin(const box& margin)
+{
+        _margin=margin;
+        invalidate();
+        return *this;
+}
+virtual_column_layout& virtual_column_layout::margin(int margin)
+{
+        _margin=box(-margin,-margin,margin,margin);
+        invalidate();
+        return *this;
+}
+virtual_column_layout::xbaseline_type virtual_column_layout::cell_xbaseline(
+        size_type y) const
+{
+        return xbaseline_text;
+}
+virtual_column_layout::ybaseline_type virtual_column_layout::cell_ybaseline(
+        size_type y) const
+{
+        return ybaseline_text;
+}
+void virtual_column_layout::cell_reformat(size_type y,const point& origin,
+        const box &bbox)
+{}
+virtual_column_layout::size_type virtual_column_layout::find_y(const point& p)
+{
+        // Look for the first cell with a top edge which is below the point:
+        // _ymax[x] <= p.x().
+        vector<int>::const_iterator yf=
+                lower_bound(_ymax.begin(),_ymax.end(),p.y(),greater<int>());
+        if (yf==_ymax.begin()) return npos;
+        size_type y=(yf-_ymax.begin())-1;
+        // Return npos if point outside cell limits, otherwise return y.
+        if ((p.y()>=_ymax[y])||(p.y()<_ymax[y+1]+_ygap)) return npos;
+        return y;
+}
+}; /* namespace desktop */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/desktop/menu.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,373
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include <algorithm>
+#include "rtk/swi/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/os/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/window.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/menu_item.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/menu.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/application.h"
+#include "rtk/events/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/events/mouse_click.h"
+#include "rtk/events/message.h"
+#include "rtk/events/menusdeleted.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace desktop {
+menu::menu():
+        _mdata(0),
+        _opened(false),
+        _auto_reopen(true),
+        _tf_colour(7),
+        _tb_colour(2),
+        _wf_colour(7),
+        _wb_colour(0),
+        _height(44),
+        _gap(0),
+        _title(0),
+        _titlesize(0)
+{}
+menu::~menu()
+{
+        for (vector<menu_item*>::iterator i=_items.begin();i!=_items.end();++i)
+        {
+                if (menu_item* c=*i) c->remove();
+        }
+        remove();
+        uncreate();
+}
+box menu::min_bbox() const
+{
+        if (!size_valid()) resize();
+        return _min_bbox;
+}
+void menu::resize() const
+{
+        int xsize=16;
+        int ysize=0;
+        if (_title)
+        {
+                int width=0;
+                os::Wimp_TextOp1(_title,0,&width);
+                xsize+=width;
+        }
+        for (vector<menu_item*>::const_iterator i=_items.begin();
+                i!=_items.end();++i)
+        {
+                if (i!=_items.begin()) ysize+=_gap;
+                ysize+=_height;
+                if (menu_item* c=*i)
+                {
+                        c->resize();
+                        xsize=max(xsize,c->min_bbox().xsize());
+                        if (c->separator()) ysize+=24;
+                }
+        }
+        box mbbox(0,0,xsize,ysize);
+        mbbox-=external_origin(mbbox,xbaseline_left,ybaseline_top);
+        _min_bbox=mbbox;
+        inherited::resize();
+}
+void menu::reformat(const point& origin,const box& pbbox)
+{
+        inherited::reformat(origin,pbbox);
+}
+void menu::reformat(const point& origin,const box& pbbox,size_type level)
+{
+        inherited::reformat(origin,pbbox);
+        create();
+        if (!_opened)
+        {
+                point p=pbbox.xminymax();
+                application* app=parent_application(p);
+                if (!level) os::Wimp_CreateMenu(&**_mdata,p);
+                else os::Wimp_CreateSubMenu(&**_mdata,p);
+                if (app) app->register_menu_data(_mdata,level);
+                _opened=true;
+        }
+}
+void menu::unformat()
+{
+        for (vector<menu_item*>::const_iterator i=_items.begin();
+                i!=_items.end();++i)
+        {
+                if (menu_item* c=*i) c->unformat();
+        }
+        _opened=false;
+        inherited::unformat();
+}
+void menu::remove_notify(component& c)
+{
+        vector<menu_item*>::iterator f=
+                std::find(_items.begin(),_items.end(),&c);
+        if (f!=_items.end())
+        {
+                *f=0;
+                invalidate();
+        }
+}
+menu& menu::cells(size_type ycells)
+{
+        for (size_type i=min(ycells,_items.size());i!=_items.size();++i)
+                if (menu_item* mi=_items[i]) mi->remove();
+        _items.resize(ycells,0);
+        invalidate();
+        return *this;
+}
+menu& menu::add(menu_item& item,size_type y)
+{
+        if (y==npos) y=_items.size();
+        if (y>=_items.size()) cells(y+1);
+        if (_items[y]) _items[y]->remove();
+        _items[y]=&item;
+        link_child(item);
+        invalidate();
+        return *this;
+}
+menu& menu::title(const string& value,size_type capacity)
+{
+        size_type length=value.length();
+        if (capacity<length) capacity=length;
+        if (capacity>_titlesize)
+        {
+                delete[] _title;
+                _title=0;
+                _titlesize=0;
+                _title=new char[capacity+1];
+                _titlesize=capacity;
+        }
+        if (_title)
+        {
+                size_type i=value.copy(_title,_titlesize);
+                _title[i]=0;
+        }
+        invalidate();
+        return *this;
+}
+menu& menu::auto_reopen(bool value)
+{
+        _auto_reopen=value;
+        invalidate();
+        return *this;
+}
+menu& menu::tf_colour(int tf_colour)
+{
+        _tf_colour=tf_colour;
+        invalidate();
+        return *this;
+}
+menu& menu::tb_colour(int tb_colour)
+{
+        _tb_colour=tb_colour;
+        invalidate();
+        return *this;
+}
+menu& menu::wf_colour(int wf_colour)
+{
+        _wf_colour=wf_colour;
+        invalidate();
+        return *this;
+}
+menu& menu::wb_colour(int wb_colour)
+{
+        _wb_colour=wb_colour;
+        invalidate();
+        return *this;
+}
+void menu::create()
+{
+        // Calculate required size in words.
+        unsigned int count=_items.size();
+        if (count==0) count=1;
+        unsigned int size=7+6*count;
+        // If required size!=current size then replace with new menu data.
+        if ((!_mdata)||(_mdata->size()!=size))
+        {
+                if (_mdata)
+                {
+                        _mdata->dec_count();
+                        _mdata=0;
+                }
+                _mdata=new menu_data(size);
+                _mdata->inc_count();
+        }
+        (*_mdata)->title.pointer[0]=_title;
+        (*_mdata)->title.pointer[1]=0;
+        (*_mdata)->title.word[2]=_titlesize;
+        (*_mdata)->tf_colour=_tf_colour;
+        (*_mdata)->tb_colour=_tb_colour;
+        (*_mdata)->wf_colour=_wf_colour;
+        (*_mdata)->wb_colour=_wb_colour;
+        (*_mdata)->width=min_bbox().xsize();
+        (*_mdata)->height=_height;
+        (*_mdata)->gap=_gap;
+        int index=0;
+        vector<menu_item*>::iterator i=_items.begin();
+        while (i!=_items.end())
+        {
+                (*_mdata)->item[index].mflags=(*i)->menu_flags();
+                (*_mdata)->item[index].submenu=(*i)->dummy_submenu_handle();
+                (*_mdata)->item[index].iflags=(*i)->icon_flags();
+                (*_mdata)->item[index].icon=(*i)->icon_data();
+                ++index;
+                ++i;
+        }
+        if (index==0)
+        {
+                (*_mdata)->item[0].mflags=0;
+                (*_mdata)->item[0].submenu=-1;
+                (*_mdata)->item[0].iflags=0;
+                index++;
+        }
+        (*_mdata)->item[0].mflags|=0x100;
+        (*_mdata)->item[index-1].mflags|=0x80;
+}
+void menu::uncreate()
+{
+        // Do we need to ensure that it has been closed?
+        _opened=false;
+        if (_mdata)
+        {
+                _mdata->dec_count();
+                _mdata=0;
+        }
+}
+int menu::handle() const
+{
+        return (_mdata)?(int)(&**_mdata):0;
+}
+void menu::reopen()
+{
+        _opened=false;
+        invalidate();
+}
+void menu::show(const events::mouse_click& ev)
+{
+        // Translate pointer location from coordinate space of target
+        // to coordinate space of screen.
+        component* target=ev.target();
+        point p=ev.position();
+        application* app=target->parent_application(p);
+        point offset=min_bbox().xminymax();
+        if ((dynamic_cast<icon*>(target))&&
+                (dynamic_cast<application*>(target->parent())))
+        {
+                // If target is an icon on the icon bar then open menu so that
+                // its bottom left-hand corner is 64 OS units to the left of
+                // the pointer and 96 OS units above the bottom of the screen
+                // (as specified in the style guide).
+                if (app)
+                        app->add(*this,point(p.x()-64,96+min_bbox().ysize())-offset);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+                // In any other case, open menu so that its top left-hand
+                // corner is 64 OS units to the left of the pointer and the
+                // top of the first menu item is aligned with the pointer
+                // (as specified in the style guide).
+                if (app)
+                        app->add(*this,point(p.x()-64,p.y())-offset);
+        }
+}
+void menu::deliver_wimp_block(int wimpcode,os::wimp_block &wimpblock,
+        unsigned int level)
+{
+        switch (wimpcode)
+        {
+        case 9:
+                {
+                        unsigned int index=wimpblock.word[level];
+                        if ((index<_items.size())&&_items[index])
+                                _items[index]->deliver_wimp_block(wimpcode,wimpblock,level);
+                }
+                break;
+        case 17:
+        case 18:
+                deliver_message(wimpcode,wimpblock,level);
+                break;
+        default:
+                {
+                        events::wimp ev(*this,wimpcode,wimpblock);
+                        ev.post();
+                }
+                break;
+        }
+}
+void menu::deliver_message(int wimpcode,os::wimp_block &wimpblock,
+        unsigned int level)
+{
+        switch (wimpblock.word[4])
+        {
+        case swi::Message_MenuWarning:
+                {
+                        unsigned int index=wimpblock.word[8+level];
+                        if (index<_items.size())
+                        {
+                                _items[index]->deliver_wimp_block(wimpcode,
+                                        wimpblock,level);
+                                // The menu tree must be updated as submenu handles
+                                // become known, so that it can be re-opened correctly
+                                // if the user clicks with adjust.
+                                (*_mdata)->item[index].submenu=
+                                        _items[index]->submenu_handle();
+                        }
+                }
+                break;
+        case swi::Message_MenusDeleted:
+                {
+                        events::menusdeleted ev(*this);
+                        ev.post();
+                }
+                break;
+        default:
+                {
+                        events::message ev(*this,wimpcode,wimpblock);
+                        ev.post();
+                }
+                break;
+        }
+}
+menu::menu_data::menu_data(unsigned int size):
+        _size(size),
+        _data(new int[_size])
+{}
+menu::menu_data::~menu_data()
+{
+        delete[] _data;
+}
+}; /* namespace desktop */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/desktop/component.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,650
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003-2004 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_DESKTOP_COMPONENT
+#define _RTK_DESKTOP_COMPONENT
+#include <string>
+#include "rtk/graphics/point.h"
+#include "rtk/graphics/box.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace graphics {
+class gcontext;
+}; /* namespace graphics */
+namespace os {
+struct sprite_area;
+}; /* namespace sprite_area */
+namespace events {
+class mouse_click;
+}; /* namespace events */
+namespace desktop {
+class basic_window;
+class application;
+class menu;
+using rtk::graphics::point;
+using rtk::graphics::box;
+using rtk::graphics::gcontext;
+/** An abstract class from which all RTK desktop components are derived.
+ * A component can have a parent and a location with respect to that
+ * parent.  It can also be reformatted and redrawn.
+ *
+ * Some types of component correspond directly to RISC OS windows, icons
+ * or menus.  Other make themselves visible by means of the redraw
+ * mechanism, or have no visible effect themselves and exist only to
+ * control the position of other components.
+ *
+ * In order to avoid unnecessary work, component layout is postponed until
+ * the end of each iteration of the main polling loop.  Layout occurs in
+ * two stages: resizing (to determine the minimum amount of space that the
+ * component needs) and reformatting (to fit it into the possibly greater
+ * amount of space that is available).
+ *
+ * Not all components are visited during a given instance of the layout
+ * process.  If it is apparent that nothing has changed since the
+ * previous iteration then a component can be omitted by its parent.
+ * A component indicates that it wishes to be visited by invalidating
+ * itself.
+ *
+ * Coordinates are normally specified in OS units with respect to the
+ * origin of the component in question.  Each component declares what
+ * its origin represents with respect to a set of pre-defined baselines.
+ * Components that use the same baseline are aligned with each other
+ * when placed in a row or column.  It is possible to switch between
+ * baselines to change how a component is aligned.
+ *
+ * Communication between components is performed using events.  An event
+ * can originate from the Wimp, or it can be internally generated by
+ * this library, or it can be application-specific.  In all cases an
+ * event is associated with a particular target, which is usually the
+ * lowest point in the component heirarchy which can be said to have
+ * contained it.  The event is then passed upwards, and can be handled
+ * by any or all of the target component and its ancestors.
+ */
+class component
+{
+public:
+        /** An enumeration for specifying a vertical baseline type. */
+        enum xbaseline_type
+        {
+                /** A vertical baseline aligned with the left of the component. */
+                xbaseline_left,
+                /** A vertical baseline aligned with the right of the component. */
+                xbaseline_right,
+                /** A vertical baseline aligned with the centre of the component. */
+                xbaseline_centre,
+                /** A vertical baseline for use by Latin, Greek or Cyrillic text. */
+                xbaseline_text
+        };
+        /** An enumeration for specifying a horizontal baseline type. */
+        enum ybaseline_type
+        {
+                /** A horizontal baseline aligned with the bottom of the component. */
+                ybaseline_bottom,
+                /** A horizontal baseline aligned with the top of the component. */
+                ybaseline_top,
+                /** A horizontal baseline aligned with the centre of the component. */
+                ybaseline_centre,
+                /** A horizontal baseline for use by Latin, Greek or Cyrillic text. */
+                ybaseline_text
+        };
+        enum
+        {
+                /** The number of allowed vertical baseline types. */
+                xbaseline_max=xbaseline_centre+1,
+                /** The number of allowed horizontal baseline types. */
+                ybaseline_max=ybaseline_centre+1
+        };
+        class xbaseline_set;
+        class ybaseline_set;
+private:
+        /** The parent pointer. */
+        component* _parent;
+        /** The origin of this component, with respect to its parent. */
+        point _origin;
+        /** The vertical baseline of this component. */
+        xbaseline_type _xbaseline:8;
+        /** The horizontal baseline of this component. */
+        ybaseline_type _ybaseline:8;
+        /** The size-valid flag.
+         * True if resize() has been called since the last time this
+         * component or any of its descendants was invalidated, otherwise
+         * false.
+         */
+        mutable bool _size_valid:1;
+        /** The layout-valid flag.
+         * True if reformat() has been called since the last time this
+         * component or any of its descendants was invalidated, otherwise
+         * false.  (Must be false if _size_valid is false.)
+         */
+        bool _layout_valid:1;
+        /** The no-redirect flag.
+         * True if it has been determined that this object does not support
+         * event redirection, otherwise false.
+         * (This flag defaults to false.  It is changed to true if and when
+         * a dynamic cast to component::redirect fails.)
+         */
+        mutable bool _no_redirect:1;
+        /** The redraw-forced flag.
+         * True if a redraw has been forced for the whole of this component
+         * and no part of it has been redrawn.
+         */
+        bool _forced_redraw:1;
+        /** The horizontal fit-to-parent flag.
+         * If true, and if the component is capable of doing so, the bounding
+         * box should expand horizontally to fill the space available.
+         */
+        bool _xfit:1;
+        /** The vertical fit-to-parent flag.
+         * If true, and if the component is capable of doing so, the bounding
+         * box should expand vertically to fill the space available.
+         */
+        bool _yfit:1;
+        /** The horizontal fit-to-content flag.
+         * This flag is provided for use by sizeable_component.  It is
+         * declared here so that it can be stored as part of a larger
+         * set of bitfields, thereby reducing memory usage.
+         * If true then the x-component of the minimum bounding box is
+         * calculated automatically using auto_bbox().
+         */
+        bool _xauto:1;
+        /** The vertical fit-to-content flag.
+         * This flag is provided for use by sizeable_component.  It is
+         * declared here so that it can be stored as part of a larger
+         * set of bitfields, thereby reducing memory usage.
+         * If true then the y-component of the minimum bounding box is
+         * calculated automatically using auto_bbox().
+         */
+        bool _yauto:1;
+public:
+        /** Construct component.
+         * @param origin the initial origin of the component, with respect
+         *  to its parent
+         */
+        component(const point& origin=point());
+        /** Destroy component. */
+        virtual ~component();
+        /** Get parent.
+         * @return the parent of this component if it has one, otherwise 0
+         */
+        component* parent() const
+                { return _parent; }
+        /** Get parent after redirection.
+         * @return the parent of this component, after redirection and if it
+         *  has one, otherwise 0
+         */
+        inline component* redirected_parent() const
+                { return (_no_redirect)?_parent:_redirected_parent(); }
+        /** Get the window that owns the work area for this component.
+         * @return the window if there is one, otherwise 0
+         */
+        basic_window* parent_work_area() const;
+        /** Get the window that owns the work area for this component.
+         * Additionally, translate the point p from the coordinate space
+         * of this component to that of the work area (or the desktop if
+         * no work area is found).
+         * @param p the point to be translated
+         * @return the window if there is one, otherwise 0
+         */
+        basic_window* parent_work_area(point& p) const;
+        /** Get the application from which this component is descended.
+         * If this component is an application then return this.
+         * @return the application if there is one, otherwise 0
+         */
+        application* parent_application();
+        /** Get the application from which this component is descended.
+         * Additionally, translate the point p from the coordinate space
+         * of this component to that of the desktop.
+         * If this component is an application then return this.
+         * @param p the point to be translated
+         * @return the application if there is one, otherwise 0
+         */
+        application* parent_application(point& p);
+        /** Determine whether this component is a window.
+         * This function is equivalent to dynamic_cast<window*>, but probably
+         * much faster to execute.
+         * @return this if component is a window, otherwise 0
+         */
+        virtual basic_window* as_window();
+        /** Determine whether this component is an application.
+         * This function is equivalent to dynamic_cast<application*>, but
+         * probably much faster to execute.
+         * @return this if component is an application, otherwise 0
+         */
+        virtual application* as_application();
+        /** Find child at given position.
+         * If this function is not overridden then it will return 0, which
+         * is the correct behaviour for a component with no children.
+         * @param p the position at which to look, with respect to the
+         *  origin of this component
+         * @return the child at that position if there is one, otherwise 0
+         */
+        virtual component* find(const point& p) const;
+        /** Remove this component from its parent.
+         * If this component has no parent then no action is taken.
+         */
+        void remove();
+        /** Get vertical baseline.
+         * The origin of a component must lie on one of the allowed
+         * vertical baselines.  This function indicates which one.
+         * @return the vertical baseline
+         */
+        xbaseline_type xbaseline() const
+                { return _xbaseline; }
+        /** Get horizontal baseline.
+         * The origin of a component must lie on one of the allowed
+         * horizontal baselines.  This function indicates which one.
+         * @return the horizontal baseline
+         */
+        ybaseline_type ybaseline() const
+                { return _ybaseline; }
+        /** Set vertical baseline.
+         * The origin of a component can be switched from one vertical
+         * baseline to another.  Doing so may affect how it is aligned
+         * with respect to other components.
+         */
+        void xbaseline(xbaseline_type xbaseline);
+        /** Set horizontal baseline.
+         * The origin of a component can be switched from one horizontal
+         * baseline to another.  Doing so may affect how it is aligned
+         * with respect to other components.
+         */
+        void ybaseline(ybaseline_type ybaseline);
+        /** Get horizontal fit-to-parent flag.
+         * If true, and if the component is capable of doing so, the bounding
+         * box should expand horizontally to fill the space available.
+         * @return the horizontal fit-to-parent flag
+         */
+        bool xfit() const
+                { return _xfit; }
+        /** Get vertical fit-to-parent flag.
+         * If true, and if the component is capable of doing so, the bounding
+         * box should expand vertically to fill the space available.
+         * @return the vertical fit-to-parent flag
+         */
+        bool yfit() const
+                { return _yfit; }
+        /** Set horizontal fit-to-parent flag.
+         * If true, and if the component is capable of doing so, the bounding
+         * box should expand horizontally to fill the space available.
+         * @param xfit the required horizontal fit-to-parent flag
+         */
+        void xfit(bool xfit);
+        /** Set vertical fit-to-parent flag.
+         * If true, and if the component is capable of doing so, the bounding
+         * box should expand vertically to fill the space available.
+         * @param yfit the required vertical fit-to-parent flag
+         */
+        void yfit(bool yfit);
+        /** Get origin.
+         * @return the origin of this component, with respect to the origin
+         *  of its parent
+         */
+        const point& origin() const
+                { return _origin; }
+        /** Set origin.
+         * For this to have a useful effect the parent must allow its
+         * children to move freely.  (Most types of parent do not, and
+         * will immediately countermand an instruction to change the
+         * position of a child.)
+         * @param origin the required origin of this component, with
+         *  respect to the origin of its parent
+         * @param suppress_redraw true to prevent this function from
+         *  causing a redraw, otherwise false
+         */
+        component& origin(const point& origin,bool suppress_redraw=false);
+        /** Get current bounding box.
+         * If this function is not overridden then it will return the
+         * same value as min_bbox(), which is the correct behaviour if
+         * the component does not expand to fill the space available.
+         * @return the current bounding box of this component with respect
+         *  to its origin
+         */
+        virtual box bbox() const;
+        /** Get minimum bounding box.
+         * This is the smallest bounding box into which the component will fit.
+         * The result should be cached if the cost of recalculation is high.
+         * It must take account of the current values of xbaseline() and
+         * ybaseline().  In some cases this function will ensure that
+         * size_valid() is true, but it is not required to, and min_bbox()
+         * should not be used in place of an explicit call to resize().
+         * @return the minimum bounding box with respect to the origin
+         */
+        virtual box min_bbox() const=0;
+        /** Determine whether the size of this component is valid.
+         * The size is valid if resize() has been called since the last
+         * time this component or any of its descendants was invalidated.
+         * Note that the underlying instance variable inspected by this
+         * function is mutable.
+         * @return true if size valid, otherwise false
+         */
+        bool size_valid() const
+                { return _size_valid; }
+        /** Determine whether the layout of this component is valid.
+         * The layout is valid if reformat() has been called since the
+         * last time this component or any of its descendants was
+         * invalidated.
+         * @return true if layout valid, otherwise false
+         */
+        bool layout_valid() const
+                { return _layout_valid; }
+        /** Invalidate this component and its ancestors.
+         * Invalidating a component ensures that resize() and reformat()
+         * will be called before the application next calls Wimp_Poll.
+         * A component must invalidate itself if its minimum bounding
+         * box has changed.  It may invalidate itself if it would like
+         * reformat() to be called for other reasons.
+         */
+        void invalidate();
+        /** Resize component.
+         * This function should be called when size_valid() is false.
+         * (It is not an error to call it at other times, but there is no
+         * reason to do so.)  It must call resize() for any children for
+         * which size_valid() is false, and must set size_valid() for this
+         * component to true.  (The default implementation is to perform
+         * the latter action, which is the correct behaviour for a
+         * component with no children and no requirement to cache
+         * information about its size.)
+         */
+        virtual void resize() const;
+        /** Reformat component.
+         * This function should be called when the required bounding
+         * box of the component has changed or when layout_valid() is
+         * false.  (It is not an error to call it at other times, but
+         * there is no reason to do so.)  It must call reformat() for
+         * any children for which layout_valid() is false, and must set
+         * layout_valid() for this component to true, and must move the
+         * origin to the requested location.  (The default implementation
+         * is to perform the latter two actions, which is the correct
+         * behaviour for a component with no children and no requirement
+         * to create any RISC OS windows, icons or menus.)
+         *
+         * If a component has moved with respect to its parent then this
+         * function should force both its old and new bounding boxes to
+         * be redrawn.  (It is not necessary to detect whether the parent
+         * has moved, because in that case the parent will already have
+         * forced a redraw.)  The requested bounding box passed to this
+         * function should be no smaller than the minimum bounding box.
+         * @param origin the new origin of this component, with respect to
+         *  its parent
+         * @param pbbox the proposed bounding box for this component, with
+         *  respect to its own origin
+         */
+        virtual void reformat(const point& origin,const box& pbbox);
+        /** Unformat component.
+         * This function should be called when a component ceases to be
+         * a descendent of an application object.  It should delete
+         * (or at least hide and deregister) any RISC OS windows or
+         * icons that it has created.
+         */
+        virtual void unformat();
+        /** Redraw component.
+         * On entry, the origin of the graphics context must be
+         * coincident with the origin of the component.  The graphics
+         * context origin may be moved while within this function,
+         * but must be restored to its original value before returning.
+         * (This avoids the need to make copies of the graphics
+         * context, and is the reason why that argument has not been
+         * declared const.)
+         *
+         * It is not an error if the specified clip box lies partly
+         * or wholly outside the bounding box of the component,
+         * however components are expected to be selective about which
+         * children they redraw.
+         * @param context the graphics context within which the
+         *  redraw should take place
+         * @param clip the bounding box of the region to be redrawn,
+         *  with respect to the origin of this component
+         */
+        virtual void redraw(gcontext& context,const box& clip);
+        /** Force redraw.
+         * Instruct the Wimp to redraw the area currently occupied by
+         * this component.
+         * This function should be called both before and after any
+         * change to either the origin or the bounding box of the
+         * component.
+         * @param suppress_window true to suppress redraw if this component
+         *  is a window, otherwise false
+         */
+        void force_redraw(bool suppress_window=false);
+        /** Set caret position.
+         * @param p the required position of the caret
+         * @param height the required height of the caret
+         * @param index the required index into string
+         * @todo the caret position is not set correctly if the component
+         *  is an icon.
+         */
+        void set_caret_position(point p,int height,int index);
+        /** Begin drag action.
+         * @param dbox the box to be dragged
+         */
+        void drag_box(const box& dbox);
+        /** Begin drag sprite action.
+         * @param dbox the box to be dragged
+         * @param area the sprite area, or 0 for the wimp sprite area
+         * @param name the sprite name
+         */
+        void drag_sprite(const box& dbox,os::sprite_area* area,const string& name);
+protected:
+        /** Link parent pointer of child to this component.
+         * This function provides restricted access to the private function
+         * set_parent().  It should be called by a container component
+         * whenever a child is added.
+         * @param c the child for which this is the new parent
+         */
+        void link_child(component& c);
+        /** Notify parent that child is about to be removed.
+         * This function is called by component::set_parent() immediately
+         * before _parent is changed.  It should not be called for any other
+         * reason.  It should be overridden by container components to remove
+         * the child from whatever data structure(s) that container uses to
+         * track its children.  It does not normally need to do anything to
+         * the child, because the required actions should already be in hand.
+         * The default behavior is to do nothing.
+         * @param c the child about to be removed
+         */
+        virtual void remove_notify(component& c);
+        /** Notify component that its baselines may have been changed.
+         * The default behaviour is to add the specified offset to the origin
+         * of the component, so that its absolute position remains fixed even
+         * though its baselines have changed.  If a component records other
+         * information (such as its bounding box) that is not automatically
+         * recalculated by reformat() then this should be modified too.
+         * @param offset the positional offset from the old baselines to the
+         *  new baselines
+         */
+        virtual void baseline_notify(const point& offset);
+        bool xauto() const
+                { return _xauto; }
+        bool yauto() const
+                { return _yauto; }
+        void set_xauto(bool xauto)
+                { _xauto=xauto; }
+        void set_yauto(bool yauto)
+                { _yauto=yauto; }
+        /** Get location of internal origin with respect to external origin.
+         * This function can be used, in conjunction with external_origin(),
+         * to establish an internal origin which is permanently fixed to a
+         * given pair of baselines.
+         * @param bbox the bounding box with respect to the internal origin
+         * @param ixbaseline the internal vertical baseline
+         * @param iybaseline the internal horizontal baseline
+         * @return the internal origin with respect to the external origin
+         */
+        point internal_origin(const box& bbox,xbaseline_type ixbaseline,
+                ybaseline_type iybaseline) const;
+        /** Get location of external origin with respect to internal origin.
+         * This function can be used, in conjunction with internal_origin(),
+         * to establish an internal origin which is permanently fixed to a
+         * given pair of baselines.
+         * @param bbox the bounding box with respect to the internal origin
+         * @param ixbaseline the internal vertical baseline
+         * @param iybaseline the internal horizontal baseline
+         * @return the external origin with respect to the internal origin
+         */
+        point external_origin(const box& bbox,xbaseline_type ixbaseline,
+                ybaseline_type iybaseline) const;
+        box fit(const box& pbbox) const;
+private:
+        /** Set the parent of this component.
+         * This function is called when one component takes owenership of
+         * another.
+         * @param p the required parent
+         * @param mc true if the child is being linked as a menu or dialogue
+         *  box, otherwise false
+         * @postcondition parent()==p
+         */
+        void set_parent(component* p);
+        /** Get parent after redirection.
+         * This is a non-optimised version of redirected_parent(), for use
+         * by that function when _no_redirect is false.
+         */
+        component* _redirected_parent() const;
+};
+/** A class for representing the relationship between a set of
+ * vertical baselines.
+ */
+class component::xbaseline_set
+{
+private:
+        /** The minimum x-coordinate with respect to xbaseline_text. */
+        int _xmin;
+        /** The maximum x-coordinate with respect to xbaseline_text. */
+        int _xmax;
+        /** The maximum width for xbaseline_left, right or centre. */
+        int _xsize;
+public:
+        /** Construct vertical baseline set. */
+        xbaseline_set();
+        /** Add component to baseline set.
+         * The baselines are moved as necessary to accommodate the component.
+         * @param bbox the bounding box of the component
+         * @param xbaseline the vertical baseline of the component
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        xbaseline_set& add(const box& bbox,xbaseline_type xbaseline);
+        /** Get offset between two baselines.
+         * @param src_xbaseline the source baseline
+         * @param dst_xbaseline the destination baseline
+         * @param xsize an optional width to be filled by the baseline set
+         * @return the offset from the source to the destination.
+         */
+        int offset(xbaseline_type src_xbaseline,xbaseline_type dst_xbaseline,
+                int xsize=0) const;
+        /** Get minimum width.
+         * This is the minimum width required to accommodate the baseline set.
+         */
+        int xsize() const;
+};
+/** A class for representing the relationship between a set of
+ * horizontal baselines.
+ */
+class component::ybaseline_set
+{
+private:
+        /** The minimum y-coordinate with respect to ybaseline_text. */
+        int _ymin;
+        /** The maximum y-coordinate with respect to ybaseline_text. */
+        int _ymax;
+        /** The maximum width for ybaseline_bottom, top or centre. */
+        int _ysize;
+public:
+        /** Construct horizontal baseline set. */
+        ybaseline_set();
+        /** Add component to baseline set.
+         * The baselines are moved as necessary to accommodate the component.
+         * @param bbox the bounding box of the component
+         * @param ybaseline the horizontal baseline of the component
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        ybaseline_set& add(const box& bbox,ybaseline_type ybaseline);
+        /** Get offset between two baselines.
+         * @param src_ybaseline the source baseline
+         * @param dst_ybaseline the destination baseline
+         * @param ysize an optional height to be filled by the baseline set
+         * @return the offset from the source to the destination.
+         */
+        int offset(ybaseline_type src_ybaseline,ybaseline_type dst_ybaseline,
+                int ysize=0) const;
+        /** Get minimum height.
+         * This is the minimum height required to accommodate the baseline set.
+         */
+        int ysize() const;
+};
+}; /* namespace desktop */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/desktop/row_layout.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,135
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_DESKTOP_ROW_LAYOUT
+#define _RTK_DESKTOP_ROW_LAYOUT
+#include <vector>
+#include "rtk/desktop/sizeable_component.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace desktop {
+/** A layout class for arranging components in a row.
+ * It is possible to specify the gap to be placed between cells and the
+ * margin to be placed around the layout as a whole.  Cells that share
+ * the same horizontal baseline are aligned with each other. The layout
+ * will expand to fill any extra space made available to it. Note that
+ * the algorithm used to do this is implementation-dependent, so may
+ * change in future versions of this library.
+ */
+class row_layout:
+        public sizeable_component
+{
+private:
+        /** The class from which this one is derived. */
+        typedef sizeable_component inherited;
+public:
+        /** A type for representing cell counts or indices. */
+        typedef unsigned int size_type;
+        /** A null value for use in place of a cell index. */
+        static const size_type npos=static_cast<size_type>(-1);
+private:
+        /** Vector containing child pointer for each cell. */
+        vector<component*> _components;
+        /** Vector containing position of left edge of each cell with
+         * respect to origin of layout.  The position of the right edge
+         * is obtained by subtracting _xgap from the left edge of the
+         * following cell.  A hypothetical value for _xmin[xcells()] is
+         * included in the vector so that the position of the right edge
+         * of the last cell can be determined. */
+        vector<int> _xmin;
+        /** The cached y-baseline set for the layout. */
+        mutable ybaseline_set _ybs;
+        /** The size of gap to be placed between cells. */
+        int _xgap;
+        /** The margin to be placed around the whole layout. */
+        box _margin;
+        /** The current bounding box. */
+        box _bbox;
+public:
+        /** Construct row layout.
+         * @param xcells the required number of cells (defaults to 0)
+         */
+        row_layout(size_type xcells=0);
+        /** Destroy row layout. */
+        virtual ~row_layout();
+        virtual box auto_bbox() const;
+        virtual component* find(const point& p) const;
+        virtual box bbox() const;
+        virtual void resize() const;
+        virtual void reformat(const point& origin,const box& pbbox);
+        virtual void unformat();
+        virtual void redraw(gcontext& context,const box& clip);
+protected:
+        virtual void remove_notify(component& c);
+public:
+        /** Get number of cells.
+         * @return the number of cells
+         */
+        size_type xcells() const
+                { return _components.size(); }
+        /** Set number of cells.
+         * @param xcells the required number of cells
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        row_layout& cells(size_type xcells);
+        /** Add component to layout.
+         * If a component already exists at the specified position
+         * then it is replaced.
+         * @param c the component to be added
+         * @param x the cell index (defaults to npos, meaning new cell)
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        row_layout& add(component& c,size_type x=npos);
+        /** Get size of gap between cells.
+         * @return the size of gap between cells
+         */
+        int xgap() const
+                { return _xgap; }
+        /** Set size of gap between cells.
+         * @param xgap the required gap between cells
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        row_layout& xgap(int xgap);
+        /** Get margin around layout.
+         * @return a box indicating the margin width for each side of the layout
+         */
+        box margin() const
+                { return _margin; }
+        /** Set margin around layout.
+         * @param margin a box specifying the required margin width for each
+         *  side of the layout
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        row_layout& margin(const box& margin);
+        /** Set margin around layout.
+         * @param margin an integer specifying the required margin width for
+         *  all sides of the layout
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        row_layout& margin(int margin);
+};
+}; /* namespace desktop */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/desktop/info_dbox.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,18
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/desktop/info_dbox.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace desktop {
+info_dbox::info_dbox()
+{}
+info_dbox::~info_dbox()
+{}
+}; /* namespace desktop */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/desktop/display_field.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,21
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/desktop/display_field.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace desktop {
+display_field::display_field()
+{
+        validation("R2");
+        border(true);
+        hcentre(true).vcentre(true);
+        fcolour(7).bcolour(1);
+        yfit(false);
+}
+}; /* namespace desktop */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/desktop/action_button.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,22
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/desktop/action_button.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace desktop {
+action_button::action_button()
+{
+        validation("R5,3");
+        border(true);
+        hcentre(true).vcentre(true);
+        fcolour(7).bcolour(1);
+        button(3);
+        yfit(false);
+}
+}; /* namespace desktop */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/desktop/card_layout.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,80
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_DESKTOP_CARD_LAYOUT
+#define _RTK_DESKTOP_CARD_LAYOUT
+#include <map>
+#include <string>
+#include "rtk/desktop/sizeable_component.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace desktop {
+/** A layout class for arranging components in a stack.
+ * At any given time, one component is visible and the remainder are hidden.
+ */
+class card_layout:
+        public sizeable_component
+{
+private:
+        /** The class from which this one is derived. */
+        typedef sizeable_component inherited;
+        /** A map of child components indexed by tag. */
+        map<string,component*> _components;
+        /** The cached x-baseline set for the layout. */
+        mutable xbaseline_set _xbs;
+        /** The cached y-baseline set for the layout. */
+        mutable ybaseline_set _ybs;
+        /** The currently selected tag. */
+        string _tag;
+        /** The currently selected child, or 0 if none. */
+        component* _component;
+        /** The current bounding box. */
+        box _bbox;
+public:
+        /** Construct card layout. */
+        card_layout();
+        /** Destroy card layout. */
+        virtual ~card_layout();
+        virtual box auto_bbox() const;
+        virtual component* find(const point& p) const;
+        virtual box bbox() const;
+        virtual void resize() const;
+        virtual void reformat(const point& origin,const box &pbbox);
+        virtual void unformat();
+        virtual void redraw(gcontext& context,const box& clip);
+protected:
+        virtual void remove_notify(component& c);
+public:
+        /** Add card.
+         * If the requested tag is already in use then the child corresponding
+         * to that tag is removed.
+         * @param c the component that will provide the card content
+         * @param tag the tag by which the card may be selected
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        card_layout& add(component& c,const string& tag);
+        /** Select card.
+         * @param tag the tag of the card to be selected
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        card_layout& select(const string& tag);
+};
+}; /* namespace desktop */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/desktop/info_dbox.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,33
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_DESKTOP_INFO_DBOX
+#define _RTK_DESKTOP_INFO_DBOX
+#include "rtk/desktop/prog_info_dbox.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace desktop {
+/** A class to represent a program information dialogue box.
+ * @deprecated This class has been replaced by prog_info_dbox.
+ */
+class info_dbox:
+        public prog_info_dbox
+{
+public:
+        /** Construct program information dialogue box.
+         * Initially the box is unpopulated.
+         */
+        info_dbox();
+        /** Destroy program information dialogue box. */
+        virtual ~info_dbox();
+};
+}; /* namespace desktop */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/desktop/basic_window.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,541
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003-2004 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_DESKTOP_BASIC_WINDOW
+#define _RTK_DESKTOP_BASIC_WINDOW
+#include <map>
+#include <string>
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+#include "rtk/events/close_window.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace os {
+union wimp_block;
+}; /* namespace os */
+namespace desktop {
+class icon;
+/** A class to represent a RISC OS window.
+ * Windows of this class by default have no window furniture.  For a
+ * standard top-level window use the class rtk::desktop::window.
+ *
+ * A window object can have at most one child.  Usually this will be
+ * a layout object which in turn contains further children.
+ *
+ * Coordinates:
+ * - The bounding box of the window corresponds to the visible area.
+ * - The origin and bounding box of the child correspond to the origin
+ *   and extent of the work area.  Scrolling is achieved by moving
+ *   the origin of the child.
+ * - If the window has an adjust icon then the work area will expand
+ *   automatically to cover the visible area.
+ * - If the window does not have an adjust icon then the visible area
+ *   will expand automatically to cover the work area.
+ */
+class basic_window:
+        public component,
+        public events::close_window::handler
+{
+private:
+        /** The class from which this one is derived. */
+        typedef component inherited;
+public:
+        /** A type for representing the size of a buffer. */
+        typedef unsigned int size_type;
+private:
+        /** The child pointer. */
+        component* _child;
+        /** The RISC OS window handle. */
+        int _handle;
+        /** A map from icon handles to icon components.
+         * All descendant icons that currently have a RISC OS icon handle
+         * are included.
+         */
+        map<int,icon*> _ihandles;
+        /** The current bounding box. */
+        box _bbox;
+        /** The current extent. */
+        box _extent;
+        /** The window created flag.
+         * True if a RISC OS window exists for this component, otherwise false.
+         */
+        unsigned int _created:1;
+        /** The registered false.
+         * True if this window is registered with an application, otherwise false.
+         */
+        unsigned int _registered:1;
+        /** The window opened flag.
+         * True if the RISC OS window is or might be open, otherwise false.
+         */
+        unsigned int _opened:1;
+        /** The dialogue box flag.
+         * True if the window is a dialogue box, otherwise false.
+         */
+        unsigned int _dbox:1;
+        /** The movable flag.
+         * True if this window is movable (by the user), otherwise false.
+         */
+        unsigned int _movable:1;
+        /** The back icon flag.
+         * True if this window has a back icon, otherwise false.
+         */
+        unsigned int _back_icon:1;
+        /** The close icon flag.
+         * True if this window has a close icon, otherwise false.
+         */
+        unsigned int _close_icon:1;
+        /** The title bar flag.
+         * True if this window has a title bar, otherwise false.
+         */
+        unsigned int _title_bar:1;
+        /** The toggle-size icon flag.
+         * True if this window has a toggle-size icon, otherwise false.
+         */
+        unsigned int _toggle_icon:1;
+        /** The horizontal scroll bar flag.
+         * True if this window has a horizontal scroll bar, otherwise false.
+         */
+        unsigned int _x_scroll_bar:1;
+        /** The vertical scroll bar flag.
+         * True if this window has a vertical scroll bar, otherwise false.
+         */
+        unsigned int _y_scroll_bar:1;
+        /** The adjust-size icon flag.
+         * True if this window has an adjust-size icon, otherwise false.
+         */
+        unsigned int _adjust_icon:1;
+        /** The border flag.
+         * True if this window has a border, otherwise false.
+         */
+        unsigned int _border:1;
+        /** The button type. */
+        unsigned int _button:4;
+        /** The title bar foreground colour.
+         * This is one of the 16 standard Wimp colours.
+         */
+        unsigned int _tf_colour:8;
+        /** The title bar background colour.
+         * This is one of the 16 standard Wimp colours.
+         */
+        unsigned int _tb_colour:8;
+        /** The window foreground colour.
+         * This is one of the 16 standard Wimp colours.
+         */
+        unsigned int _wf_colour:8;
+        /** The window background colour.
+         * This is one of the 16 standard Wimp colours.
+         */
+        unsigned int _wb_colour:8;
+        /** The current title buffer.
+         * This may be null, in which case no buffer has been allocated.
+         */
+        char* _title;
+        /** The current title buffer size.
+         * This is the maximum number of characters that the title buffer can
+         * hold, not counting the terminator.
+         */
+        size_type _titlesize;
+public:
+        /** Construct basic window.
+         * By default a basic window:
+         * - is not movable;
+         * - does not have a title bar;
+         * - does not have a back icon;
+         * - does not have a close icon;
+         * - does not have scroll bars;
+         * - does not have a toggle icon;
+         * - does not have an adjust icon;
+         * - does not have a border;
+         * - has a button type of 10;
+         * - has a title foreground colour of 7;
+         * - has a title background colour of 2;
+         * - has a work area foreground colour of 7; and
+         * - has a work area background colour of 1.
+         * @param size the required initial size
+         */
+        basic_window(point size=point(640,512));
+        /** Destroy basic window.
+         */
+        virtual ~basic_window();
+        virtual basic_window* as_window();
+        virtual component* find(const point& p) const;
+        virtual box bbox() const;
+        virtual box min_bbox() const;
+        virtual void resize() const;
+        virtual void reformat(const point& origin,const box& pbbox);
+        virtual void unformat();
+        virtual void redraw(gcontext& context,const box& clip);
+protected:
+        void remove_notify(component& c);
+        void baseline_notify(const point& offset);
+public:
+        /** Add child to window.
+         * If the window already has a child then it is removed.
+         * @param c the child to be added
+         */
+        basic_window& add(component& c);
+        /** Reformat window as dialogue box.
+         * This function is used in place of reformat(point&,box&) when
+         * the window is to be opened as a dialogue box.
+         * @param origin the new origin of this component, with respect to
+         *  its parent
+         * @param pbbox the proposed bounding box for this component, with
+         *  respect to its own origin
+         * @param level the level within the menu heirarchy (0=top level,
+         *  add 1 for each level down)
+         */
+        void reformat(const point& origin,const box& pbbox,size_type level);
+        /** Get window title.
+         * @return the window title
+         */
+        string title() const;
+        /** Get movable flag.
+         * @return true if window is movable (by the user), otherwise false
+         */
+        bool movable() const
+                { return _movable; }
+        /** Get back icon flag.
+         * @return true if window has a back icon, otherwise false
+         */
+        bool back_icon() const
+                { return _back_icon; }
+        /** Get close icon flag.
+         * @return true if window has a close icon, otherwise false
+         */
+        bool close_icon() const
+                { return _close_icon; }
+        /** Get title bar flag.
+         * @return true if window has a title bar, otherwise false
+         */
+        bool title_bar() const
+                { return _title_bar; }
+        /** Get toggle-size icon flag.
+         * @return true if window has a toggle-size icon, otherwise false
+         */
+        bool toggle_icon() const
+                { return _toggle_icon; }
+        /** Get horizontal scroll bar flag.
+         * @return true if window has a horizontal scroll bar, otherwise false
+         */
+        bool x_scroll_bar() const
+                { return _x_scroll_bar; }
+        /** Get vertical scroll bar flag.
+         * @return true if window has a vertical scroll bar, otherwise false
+         */
+        bool y_scroll_bar() const
+                { return _y_scroll_bar; }
+        /** Get adjust-size icon flag.
+         * @return true if window has an adjust-size icon, otherwise false
+         */
+        bool adjust_icon() const
+                { return _adjust_icon; }
+        /** Get border flag.
+         * @return true if window has a border, otherwise false
+         */
+        bool border() const
+                { return _border; }
+        /** Get button type.
+         * @return the work area button type
+         */
+        int button() const
+                { return _button; }
+        /** Get title bar background colour.
+         * This is one of the 16 standard Wimp colours.
+         * @return the title bar background colour
+         */
+        int tb_colour() const
+                { return _tb_colour; }
+        /** Get title bar foreground colour.
+         * This is one of the 16 standard Wimp colours.
+         * @return the title bar foreground colour
+         */
+        int tf_colour() const
+                { return _tf_colour; }
+        /** Get window background colour.
+         * This is one of the 16 standard Wimp colours.
+         * @return the window background colour
+         */
+        int wb_colour() const
+                { return _wb_colour; }
+        /** Get window foreground colour.
+         * This is one of the 16 standard Wimp colours.
+         * @return the window foreground colour
+         */
+        int wf_colour() const
+                { return _wf_colour; }
+        /** Set window title.
+         * If the title is likely to change then its capacity should be set
+         * to the maximum number of characters likely to be needed.
+         * @param title the required window title
+         * @param capacity the required capacity (defaults to length of
+         *  specified window title)
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        basic_window& title(const string& title,size_type capacity=0);
+        /** Set movable flag.
+         * @param value true if the window is to be movable, otherwise false
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        basic_window& movable(bool value);
+        /** Set back icon flag.
+         * @param value true if the window is to have a back icon, otherwise
+         *  false
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        basic_window& back_icon(bool value);
+        /** Set close icon flag.
+         * @param value true if the window is to have a close icon, otherwise
+         *  false
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        basic_window& close_icon(bool value);
+        /** Set title bar flag.
+         * @param value true if the window is to have a title bar, otherwise
+         *  false
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        basic_window& title_bar(bool value);
+        /** Set toggle-size icon flag.
+         * @param value true if the window is to have a toggle-size icon,
+         *  otherwise false
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        basic_window& toggle_icon(bool value);
+        /** Set horizontal scroll bar flag.
+         * @param value true if the window is to have a horizontal scroll bar,
+         *  otherwise false
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        basic_window& x_scroll_bar(bool value);
+        /** Set vertical scroll bar flag.
+         * @param value true if the window is to have a vertical scroll bar,
+         *  otherwise false
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        basic_window& y_scroll_bar(bool value);
+        /** Set adjust-size icon flag.
+         * @param value true if the window is to have an adjust-size icon,
+         *  otherwise false
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        basic_window& adjust_icon(bool value);
+        /** Set border flag.
+         * @param value true if the window is to have a border, otherwise false
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        basic_window& border(bool value);
+        /** Set button type.
+         * This must be set before the window is created by the Wimp.
+         * @param value the required button type
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        basic_window& button(int value);
+        /** Set title bar background colour.
+         * This is one of the 16 standard Wimp colours.
+         * @param colour the required title bar background colour
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        basic_window& tb_colour(int colour);
+        /** Set title bar foreground colour.
+         * This is one of the 16 standard Wimp colours.
+         * @param colour the required title bar foreground colour
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        basic_window& tf_colour(int colour);
+        /** Set window background colour.
+         * This is one of the 16 standard Wimp colours.
+         * @param colour the required window background colour
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        basic_window& wb_colour(int colour);
+        /** Set window foreground colour.
+         * This is one of the 16 standard Wimp colours.
+         * @param colour the required window foreground colour
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        basic_window& wf_colour(int colour);
+        /** Default handler for close_window events.
+         * If this handler remains registered then the window will close itself
+         * (by removing itself from the component heirarchy) when the close
+         * button is pressed.
+         * @param ev the close_window event
+         */
+        void handle_event(events::close_window& ev);
+        /** Deliver Wimp event block.
+         * @internal
+         * The event block is converted into a suitable event object and
+         * posted to the appropriate target.  This function should be
+         * used when it has been established that this window, or a child
+         * of this window, is the target.
+         * @param wimpcode the Wimp event code
+         * @param wimpblock the Wimp event block
+         */
+        void deliver_wimp_block(int wimpcode,os::wimp_block& wimpblock);
+        /** Deliver Wimp message.
+         * @internal
+         * The event block (which should contain a message) is converted
+         * into a suitable event object and posted to the appropriate target.
+         * This function should be used when it has been established that
+         * this window, or a child of this window, is the target.
+         * @param wimpcode the Wimp event code
+         * @param wimpblock the Wimp event block
+         */
+        void deliver_message(int wimpcode,os::wimp_block& wimpblock);
+        /** Register icon for event delivery.
+         * @internal
+         * This function is called by an icon object when it is given an
+         * icon handle by the Wimp.  The window object uses this information
+         * to deliver Wimp event blocks.
+         * @param ic the icon object to be registered.
+         */
+        void register_icon(icon& ic);
+        /** Deregister icon for event delivery.
+         * @internal
+         * This function is called by an icon object when it releases an
+         * icon handle.
+         * @param ic the icon object to be deregistered.
+         */
+        void deregister_icon(icon& ic);
+        /** Find icon.
+         * @param handle the icon handle
+         * @return the icon, or 0 if not found
+         */
+        icon* find_icon(int handle) const;
+        /** Instruct Wimp to create window.
+         * @internal
+         */
+        void create();
+        /** Instruct Wimp to delete window.
+         * @internal
+         */
+        void uncreate();
+        /** Get window handle.
+         * Be aware that this class assumes that it has full control over
+         * any RISC OS windows that it creates.  It may override, or fail to
+         * take account of, changes that are made directly using the window
+         * handle.
+         * @return the window handle
+         */
+        int handle() const
+                { return _handle; }
+        /** Get window flags.
+         * @internal
+         * @return window flags for use by the Wimp
+         */
+        int window_flags() const;
+        /** Get work area flags.
+         * @internal
+         * @return work area flags for use by the Wimp
+         */
+        int work_area_flags() const;
+        /** Get handle of window in front of this one.
+         * @internal
+         * @return the handle of the window in front of this one, or -1 if
+         *  this window is at the top of the window stack
+         */
+        int behind() const;
+private:
+        /** Reformat window.
+         * @internal
+         * This function is equivalent to reformat(const point&,const box&),
+         * except that the required position in the window stack can (and must)
+         * be specified.
+         * @param origin the new origin of this component, with respect to
+         *  its parent
+         * @param pbbox the proposed bounding box for this component, with
+         *  respect to its own origin
+         * @param behind the window behind which this one should be opened,
+         *  or -1 to open at the top of the window stack
+         */
+        void _reformat(const point& origin,const box& pbbox,int behind);
+        /** Calculate extent.
+         * @internal
+         * @param bbox the proposed bounding box of this component
+         * @return the extent
+         */
+        box calculate_extent(const box& bbox);
+};
+}; /* namespace desktop */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/desktop/save_dbox.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,288
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003-2004 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include <sstream>
+#include <iomanip>
+#include "rtk/os/exception.h"
+#include "rtk/os/os.h"
+#include "rtk/os/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/save_dbox.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/application.h"
+#include "rtk/events/save_to_file.h"
+#include "rtk/events/save_to_app.h"
+#include "rtk/transfer/save.h"
+namespace {
+/** Choose sprite name for save dialogue.
+ * If no preferred sprite name is supplied then one is chosen to match
+ * the filetype.  If the preferred or chosen sprite name does not exist
+ * then one of 'directory', 'applicaton' or 'file_xxx' is used instead.
+ * @param filetype the filetype
+ * @param sprname the preferred sprite name
+ * @return the sprite name to be used by the save dialogue
+ */
+string sprite_name(unsigned int filetype,const string& sprname)
+{
+        string name(sprname);
+        if (!name.length())
+        {
+                if (filetype==0x1000)
+                {
+                        name="directory";
+                }
+                else if (filetype==0x2000)
+                {
+                        name="application";
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                        ostringstream out;
+                        out << "file_" << hex << setw(3) << filetype;
+                        name=out.str();
+                }
+        }
+        try
+        {
+                rtk::os::Wimp_SpriteOp40(name.c_str(),0,0,0,0);
+        }
+        catch (rtk::os::exception& ex)
+        {
+                if (filetype==0x1000)
+                {
+                        name="directory";
+                }
+                else if (filetype==0x2000)
+                {
+                        name="application";
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                        name="file_xxx";
+                }
+        }
+        return name;
+}
+}; /* anonymous namespace */
+namespace rtk {
+namespace desktop {
+save_dbox::save_dbox():
+        _filetype(0xffd),
+        _saveop(0)
+{
+        title("Save as");
+        back_icon(false);
+        close_icon(false);
+        _filetype_icon.sprite_name(sprite_name(_filetype,_sprname));
+        _filetype_icon.button(6);
+        _filetype_icon.xfit(false);
+        _filetype_icon.yfit(false);
+        _filetype_icon.xbaseline(xbaseline_centre);
+        _pathname_field.text("Untitled",255);
+        _pathname_field.validation(_pathname_field.validation()+";A~ ");
+        _cancel_button.text("Cancel");
+        _save_button.text("Save");
+        _selection_button.text("Selection");
+        _selection_button.text_and_sprite(true);
+        _selection_button.enabled(false);
+        _row.add(_cancel_button);
+        _row.add(_save_button);
+        _row.xgap(16);
+        _column.add(_filetype_icon,0);
+        _column.add(_pathname_field,1);
+        _column.add(_row,3);
+        _column.ygap(8);
+        _column.margin(16);
+        inherited::add(_column);
+}
+save_dbox::~save_dbox()
+{
+        remove();
+}
+void save_dbox::handle_event(events::mouse_click& ev)
+{
+        if ((ev.target()==&_filetype_icon)&&(ev.buttons()&0x50))
+        {
+                // Dragging filetype icon.
+                int flags;
+                os::OS_Byte161(28,&flags);
+                if (flags&0x02)
+                {
+                        // Solid drags enabled.
+                        _filetype_icon.drag_sprite(_filetype_icon.bbox(),
+                                (os::sprite_area*)1,sprite_name(_filetype,_sprname));
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                        // Solid drags disabled.
+                        _filetype_icon.drag_box(_filetype_icon.bbox());
+                }
+        }
+        else if (ev.target()==&_save_button)
+        {
+                handle_save();
+        }
+        else if (ev.target()==&_cancel_button)
+        {
+                handle_cancel();
+        }
+}
+void save_dbox::handle_event(events::user_drag_box& ev)
+{
+        component* target=this;
+        if (_saveop)
+        {
+                if (application* app=parent_application())
+                {
+                        app->add(*_saveop);
+                }
+                target=_saveop;
+        }
+        events::save_to_app ev2(*target,leafname());
+        ev2.post();
+}
+void save_dbox::handle_event(events::key_pressed& ev)
+{
+        switch (ev.code())
+        {
+        case 0x0d:
+                handle_save();
+                ev.processed(true);
+                break;
+        case 0x1b:
+                handle_cancel();
+                ev.processed(true);
+                break;
+        }
+}
+string save_dbox::pathname() const
+{
+        return _pathname_field.text();
+}
+string save_dbox::leafname() const
+{
+        string pathname=_pathname_field.text();
+        string::size_type f=pathname.rfind('.');
+        if (f==string::npos) f=0; else ++f;
+        return pathname.substr(f);
+}
+bool save_dbox::selection_button_present() const
+{
+        return _selection_button.parent();
+}
+bool save_dbox::selection_button_enabled() const
+{
+        return _selection_button.enabled();
+}
+bool save_dbox::selection_button_state() const
+{
+        return _selection_button.selected();
+}
+save_dbox& save_dbox::filetype(unsigned int filetype)
+{
+        _filetype=filetype;
+        _filetype_icon.sprite_name(sprite_name(_filetype,_sprname));
+        return *this;
+}
+save_dbox& save_dbox::spritename(const string& sprname)
+{
+        _sprname=sprname;
+        _filetype_icon.sprite_name(sprite_name(_filetype,_sprname));
+        return *this;
+}
+save_dbox& save_dbox::pathname(const string& pathname)
+{
+        _pathname_field.text(pathname);
+        return *this;
+}
+save_dbox& save_dbox::selection_button_present(bool value)
+{
+        if (value)
+        {
+                _column.add(_selection_button,2);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+                _selection_button.remove();
+        }
+        return *this;
+}
+save_dbox& save_dbox::selection_button_enabled(bool value)
+{
+        _selection_button.enabled(value);
+        return *this;
+}
+save_dbox& save_dbox::selection_button_state(bool value)
+{
+        _selection_button.selected(value);
+        return *this;
+}
+save_dbox& save_dbox::attach_save(transfer::save& saveop)
+{
+        _saveop=&saveop;
+        return *this;
+}
+save_dbox& save_dbox::detach_save()
+{
+        _saveop=0;
+        return *this;
+}
+void save_dbox::handle_save()
+{
+        string pathname=_pathname_field.text();
+        string::size_type f=pathname.find_first_of(".:<");
+        if (f!=string::npos)
+        {
+                component* target=_saveop;
+                if (!target) target=this;
+                events::save_to_file ev(*target,_pathname_field.text(),
+                        _selection_button.selected());
+                ev.post();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+                application* app=parent_application();
+                const char* message="To save, drag the icon to a directory display";
+                const char* title=(app)?app->name().c_str():"Unknown";
+                os::Wimp_ReportError(0,message,title,0,0);
+        }
+}
+void save_dbox::handle_cancel()
+{
+        remove();
+}
+}; /* namespace desktop */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/desktop/absolute_layout.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,200
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include <algorithm>
+#include "rtk/graphics/gcontext.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/absolute_layout.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace desktop {
+absolute_layout::absolute_layout()
+{
+        xbaseline(xbaseline_left);
+        ybaseline(ybaseline_top);
+}
+absolute_layout::~absolute_layout()
+{
+        while (_components.size())
+                _components.back()->remove();
+        remove();
+}
+box absolute_layout::auto_bbox() const
+{
+        box abbox;
+        vector<component*>::const_iterator i=_components.begin();
+        if (i!=_components.end())
+        {
+                component* c=*i++;
+                abbox=(c->min_bbox()+c->origin());
+        }
+        while (i!=_components.end())
+        {
+                component* c=*i++;
+                abbox|=(c->min_bbox()+c->origin());
+        }
+        // Add margin.
+        abbox|=_margin;
+        // Ensure that bounding box is compatible with baselines.
+        switch (xbaseline())
+        {
+        case xbaseline_left:
+                abbox.xmin(0);
+                break;
+        case xbaseline_right:
+                abbox.xmax(0);
+                break;
+        case xbaseline_centre:
+                {
+                        int xsize=max(-abbox.xmin(),abbox.xmax());
+                        abbox.xmin(-xsize);
+                        abbox.xmax(xsize);
+                }
+                break;
+        default:
+                /* no action. */
+                break;
+        }
+        switch (ybaseline())
+        {
+        case ybaseline_top:
+                abbox.ymax(0);
+                break;
+        case ybaseline_bottom:
+                abbox.ymin(0);
+                break;
+        case ybaseline_centre:
+                {
+                        int ysize=max(-abbox.ymin(),abbox.ymax());
+                        abbox.ymin(-ysize);
+                        abbox.ymax(ysize);
+                }
+                break;
+        default:
+                /* no action. */
+                break;
+        }
+        return abbox;
+}
+component* absolute_layout::find(const point& p) const
+{
+        for (vector<component*>::const_iterator i=_components.begin();
+                i!=_components.end();++i)
+        {
+                component* c=*i;
+                if (p<=c->bbox()+c->origin()) return c;
+        }
+        return 0;
+}
+box absolute_layout::bbox() const
+{
+        return _bbox;
+}
+void absolute_layout::resize() const
+{
+        for (vector<component*>::const_iterator i=_components.begin();
+                i!=_components.end();++i)
+        {
+                component* c=*i;
+                c->resize();
+        }
+        inherited::resize();
+}
+void absolute_layout::reformat(const point& origin,const box& pbbox)
+{
+        // Fit bounding box to parent.
+        box bbox=fit(pbbox);
+        // Update origin and bounding box of this component, force redraw
+        // if necessary.  (This must happen before reformat() is called for
+        // any children.)
+        bool moved=(origin!=this->origin())||(bbox!=this->bbox());
+        if (moved) force_redraw(true);
+        _bbox=bbox;
+        inherited::reformat(origin,bbox);
+        if (moved) force_redraw(true);
+        // Place children.
+        for (vector<component*>::const_iterator i=_components.begin();
+                i!=_components.end();++i)
+        {
+                component* c=*i;
+                c->reformat(c->origin(),c->min_bbox());
+        }
+}
+void absolute_layout::unformat()
+{
+        for (vector<component*>::iterator i=_components.begin();
+                i!=_components.end();++i)
+        {
+                component* c=*i;
+                c->unformat();
+        }
+}
+void absolute_layout::redraw(gcontext& context,const box& clip)
+{
+        for (vector<component*>::iterator i=_components.begin();
+                i!=_components.end();++i)
+        {
+                if (component* c=*i)
+                {
+                        point cpos=c->origin();
+                        context+=cpos;
+                        c->redraw(context,clip-cpos);
+                        context-=cpos;
+                }
+        }
+        inherited::redraw(context,clip);
+}
+void absolute_layout::remove_notify(component& c)
+{
+        vector<component*>::iterator f=
+                std::find(_components.begin(),_components.end(),&c);
+        if (f!=_components.end())
+        {
+                _components.erase(f);
+                invalidate();
+        }
+}
+absolute_layout& absolute_layout::add(component& c,const point& p)
+{
+        c.remove();
+        c.origin(p);
+        _components.push_back(&c);
+        link_child(c);
+        invalidate();
+        return *this;
+}
+absolute_layout& absolute_layout::margin(const box& margin)
+{
+        _margin=margin;
+        invalidate();
+        return *this;
+}
+absolute_layout& absolute_layout::margin(int margin)
+{
+        _margin=box(-margin,-margin,margin,margin);
+        invalidate();
+        return *this;
+}
+}; /* namespace desktop */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/desktop/virtual_row_layout.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,171
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_DESKTOP_VIRTUAL_ROW_LAYOUT
+#define _RTK_DESKTOP_VIRTUAL_ROW_LAYOUT
+#include <vector>
+#include "rtk/desktop/sizeable_component.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace desktop {
+/** A layout class for arranging cells in a row.
+ * This class produces the same visual appearance as a row_layout,
+ * without the need for the members of the row to exist as components.
+ */
+class virtual_row_layout:
+        public sizeable_component
+{
+private:
+        /** The class from which this one is derived. */
+        typedef sizeable_component inherited;
+public:
+        /** A type for representing cell counts or indices. */
+        typedef unsigned int size_type;
+        /** A null value for use in place of a cell index. */
+        static const size_type npos=static_cast<size_type>(-1);
+private:
+        /** The number of cells. */
+        size_type _xcells;
+        /** A vector containing the position of the left edge of each cell
+         * with respect to origin of layout.  The position of the right
+         * edge is obtained by subtracting _xgap from the left edge of the
+         * following cell.  A hypothetical value for _xmin[xcells()] is
+         * included in the vector so that the position of the right edge
+         * of the last cell can be determined. */
+        vector<int> _xmin;
+        /** The cached y-baseline set for the layout. */
+        mutable ybaseline_set _ybs;
+        /** The size of gap to be placed between cells. */
+        int _xgap;
+        /** The margin to be placed around the whole layout. */
+        box _margin;
+        /** The current bounding box. */
+        box _bbox;
+public:
+        /** Construct virtual row layout.
+         * @param xcells the required number of cells (defaults to 0)
+         */
+        virtual_row_layout(size_type xcells=0);
+        /** Destroy virtual row layout. */
+        virtual ~virtual_row_layout();
+        virtual box auto_bbox() const;
+        virtual box bbox() const;
+        virtual void reformat(const point& origin,const box& pbbox);
+        virtual void redraw(gcontext& context,const box& clip);
+public:
+        /** Get number of cells.
+         * @return the number of cells
+         */
+        size_type xcells() const
+                { return _xcells; }
+        /** Set number of cells.
+         * @param xcells the required number of cells
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        virtual_row_layout& cells(size_type xcells);
+        /** Get size of gap between cells.
+         * @return the size of gap between cells
+         */
+        int xgap() const
+                { return _xgap; }
+        /** Set size of gap between cells.
+         * @param xgap the required gap between cells
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        virtual_row_layout& xgap(int xgap);
+        /** Get margin around layout.
+         * @return a box indicating the margin width for each side of the layout
+         */
+        box margin() const
+                { return _margin; }
+        /** Set margin around layout.
+         * @param margin a box specifying the required margin width for each
+         *  side of the layout
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        virtual_row_layout& margin(const box& margin);
+        /** Set margin around layout.
+         * @param margin an integer specifying the required margin width for
+         *  all sides of the layout
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        virtual_row_layout& margin(int margin);
+        /** Get minimum bounding box for cell.
+         * This function is equivalent to get_bbox() but acts on a virtual
+         * child instead of a real component.
+         * @param x the x-index of the cell
+         */
+        virtual box cell_min_bbox(size_type x) const=0;
+        /** Get vertical baseline for cell.
+         * This function is equivalent to xbaseline() but acts on a virtual
+         * child instead of a real component.  By default it returns
+         * xbaseline_text.
+         * @param x the x-index of the cell
+         */
+        virtual xbaseline_type cell_xbaseline(size_type x) const;
+        /** Get horizontal baseline for cell.
+         * This function is equivalent to ybaseline() but acts on a virtual
+         * child instead of a real component.  By default it returns
+         * ybaseline_text.
+         * @param x the x-index of the cell
+         */
+        virtual ybaseline_type cell_ybaseline(size_type x) const;
+        /** Reformat cell to fit within specified bounding box.
+         * This function is equivalent to reformat() but acts on a virtual
+         * child instead of a real component.  By default it does nothing.
+         * @param x the x-index of the cell
+         * @param origin the new origin of this cell, with respect to
+         *  its parent
+         * @param bbox the available bounding box for this cell, with
+         *  respect to its own origin
+         */
+        virtual void cell_reformat(size_type x,const point& origin,
+                const box &bbox);
+        /** Redraw call.
+         * This function is equivalent to redraw() but acts on a virtual
+         * child instead of a real component.
+         * @param x the x-index of the cell
+         * @param context the graphics context within which the
+         *  redraw should take place
+         * @param clip the bounding box of the region to be redrawn,
+         *  with respect to the origin of the cell
+         */
+        virtual void cell_redraw(size_type x,gcontext& context,const box& clip)=0;
+        /** Get x-index of cell containing point.
+         * @param p the point to find, with respect to the origin of this
+         *  component.
+         * @return the x-index of the cell containing p, or npos if there is
+         *  no such cell.
+         */
+        size_type find_x(const point& p);
+};
+}; /* namespace desktop */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/desktop/writable_field.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,26
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/desktop/writable_field.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace desktop {
+writable_field::writable_field()
+{
+        validation("Ktar;Pptr_write");
+        border(true);
+        fill(true);
+        hcentre(true).vcentre(true);
+        fcolour(7).bcolour(0);
+        button(14);
+        yfit(false);
+        xbaseline(xbaseline_text);
+        ybaseline(ybaseline_text);
+        min_bbox(box(0,0,16,0));
+}
+}; /* namespace desktop */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/desktop/absolute_layout.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,87
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_DESKTOP_ABSOLUTE_LAYOUT
+#define _RTK_DESKTOP_ABSOLUTE_LAYOUT
+#include <vector>
+#include "rtk/desktop/sizeable_component.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace desktop {
+/** A layout class for arranging components by specifying their coordinates.
+ * This class is provided for use when the required layout does not have a
+ * logical structure, or where the structure is too complex to be represented
+ * using other layout classes (such as rows, columns and grids).
+ */
+class absolute_layout:
+        public sizeable_component
+{
+private:
+        /** The class from which this one is derived. */
+        typedef sizeable_component inherited;
+        /** A vector containing a pointer to each child. */
+        vector<component*> _components;
+        /** The margin to be placed around the whole layout. */
+        box _margin;
+        /** The current bounding box. */
+        box _bbox;
+public:
+        /** Construct absolute layout.
+         * By default, the origin of an absolute layout is in the top
+         * left-hand corner.
+         */
+        absolute_layout();
+        /** Destroy absolute layout. */
+        virtual ~absolute_layout();
+        virtual box auto_bbox() const;
+        virtual component* find(const point& p) const;
+        virtual box bbox() const;
+        virtual void resize() const;
+        virtual void reformat(const point& origin,const box& pbbox);
+        virtual void unformat();
+        virtual void redraw(gcontext& context,const box& clip);
+protected:
+        virtual void remove_notify(component& c);
+public:
+        /** Add component to layout.
+         * @param c the component to be added
+         * @param p the required initial origin
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        absolute_layout& add(component& c,const point& p);
+        /** Get margin around layout.
+         * @return a box indicating the margin width for each side of the layout
+         */
+        const box& margin() const
+                { return _margin; }
+        /** Set margin around layout.
+         * @param margin a box specifying the required margin width for each
+         *  side of the layout
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        absolute_layout& margin(const box& margin);
+        /** Set margin around layout.
+         * @param margin an integer specifying the required margin width for
+         *  all sides of the layout
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        absolute_layout& margin(int margin);
+};
+}; /* namespace desktop */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/desktop/label.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,65
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include "rtk/graphics/gcontext.h"
+#include "rtk/os/wimp.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/label.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace desktop {
+label::label()
+{
+        xbaseline(xbaseline_text);
+        ybaseline(ybaseline_text);
+}
+label::label(const string& text):
+        _text(text)
+{
+        xbaseline(xbaseline_text);
+        ybaseline(ybaseline_text);
+}
+label::~label()
+{
+        remove();
+}
+box label::min_bbox() const
+{
+        box bbox=internal_bbox();
+        bbox-=external_origin(bbox,xbaseline_text,ybaseline_text);
+        return bbox;
+}
+void label::redraw(gcontext& context,const box& clip)
+{
+        box ibox=internal_bbox();
+        point offset=external_origin(ibox,xbaseline_text,ybaseline_text);
+        context.fcolour(7);
+        context.bcolour(0);
+        context.draw(_text.c_str(),-offset);
+}
+label& label::text(const string& text)
+{
+        force_redraw();
+        _text=text;
+        reformat(origin(),box());
+        force_redraw();
+        invalidate();
+        return *this;
+}
+box label::internal_bbox() const
+{
+        int width;
+        os::Wimp_TextOp1(_text.c_str(),0,&width);
+        return box(0,-8,width,24);
+}
+}; /* namespace desktop */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/desktop/label.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,62
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_DESKTOP_LABEL
+#define _RTK_DESKTOP_LABEL
+#include <string>
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace desktop {
+/** A class to represent a line of text.
+ * The text is displayed using the default desktop font.
+ */
+class label:
+        public component
+{
+private:
+        /** The label text. */
+        string _text;
+public:
+        /** Construct empty label. */
+        label();
+        /** Construct label with specified text.
+         * @param text the required label text
+         */
+        label(const string& text);
+        /** Destroy label. */
+        virtual ~label();
+        virtual box min_bbox() const;
+        virtual void redraw(gcontext& context,const box& clip);
+        /** Get label text.
+         * @return the label text
+         */
+        const string& text() const
+                { return _text; }
+        /** Set label text.
+         * @param text the required label text
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        label& text(const string& text);
+private:
+        /** Get bounding box with respect to internal baselines.
+         * The internal baselines are xbaseline_text and ybaseline_text.
+         * @return the bounding box with respect to internal baselines
+         */
+        box internal_bbox() const;
+};
+}; /* namespace desktop */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/desktop/sizeable_component.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,61
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_SIZEABLE_COMPONENT
+#define _RTK_SIZEABLE_COMPONENT
+#include "rtk/desktop/component.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace desktop {
+/** An abstract class from which RTK components may be derived if it is
+ * possible to explicitly specify the required minimum bounding box.
+ */
+class sizeable_component:
+        public component
+{
+private:
+        /** The class from which this one is derived. */
+        typedef component inherited;
+public:
+        using component::xauto;
+        using component::yauto;
+private:
+        using component::set_xauto;
+        using component::set_yauto;
+        /** The minimum bounding box. */
+        mutable box _min_bbox;
+public:
+        /** Construct sizeable component.
+         * @param origin the initial origin of the component, with respect
+         *  to its parent
+         */
+        sizeable_component(const point& origin=point());
+        /** Destroy sizeable component. */
+        virtual ~sizeable_component();
+        virtual box min_bbox() const;
+        virtual void resize() const;
+        /** Set minimum bounding box.
+         * If the specified width is zero then the width of the minimum bounding
+         * box will be varied automatically to fit the content of the component.
+         * Similarly for the height.
+         * @param min_bbox the required minimum bounding box
+         */
+        sizeable_component& min_bbox(const box& min_bbox);
+        /** Get bounding box needed to fit content.
+         * @return the bounding box needed to fit the content of this component
+         */
+        virtual box auto_bbox() const=0;
+};
+}; /* namespace desktop */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
+#endif
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/desktop/grid_layout.cc
 New file
 ,0 → 1,385
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <functional>
+#include "rtk/util/divider.h"
+#include "rtk/graphics/gcontext.h"
+#include "rtk/desktop/grid_layout.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace desktop {
+using rtk::util::divider;
+grid_layout::grid_layout(size_type xcells,size_type ycells):
+        _xcells(xcells),
+        _ycells(ycells),
+        _components(xcells*ycells,0),
+        _xmin(xcells+1,0),
+        _ymax(ycells+1,0),
+        _xbs(xcells),
+        _ybs(ycells),
+        _xgap(0),
+        _ygap(0)
+{}
+grid_layout::~grid_layout()
+{
+        for (vector<component*>::iterator i=_components.begin();
+                i!=_components.end();++i)
+        {
+                if (component* c=*i) c->remove();
+        }
+        remove();
+}
+box grid_layout::auto_bbox() const
+{
+        // Reset baseline sets.
+        for (size_type x=0;x!=_xcells;++x) _xbs[x]=xbaseline_set();
+        for (size_type y=0;y!=_ycells;++y) _ybs[y]=ybaseline_set();
+        // Request min_bbox for each cell.  Incorporate into appropriate
+        // x-baseline and y-baseline set.
+        vector<component*>::const_iterator i=_components.begin();
+        for (size_type y=0;y!=_ycells;++y)
+        {
+                for (size_type x=0;x!=_xcells;++x)
+                {
+                        if (component* c=*i++)
+                        {
+                                box mcbbox=c->min_bbox();
+                                _xbs[x].add(mcbbox,c->xbaseline());
+                                _ybs[y].add(mcbbox,c->ybaseline());
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+        // Calculate total width and height.
+        int xsize=0;
+        int ysize=0;
+        for (size_type x=0;x!=_xcells;++x)
+                xsize+=_xbs[x].xsize();
+        for (size_type y=0;y!=_ycells;++y)
+                ysize+=_ybs[y].ysize();
+        // Add gaps to width and height.
+        if (_xcells) xsize+=(_xcells-1)*_xgap;
+        if (_ycells) ysize+=(_ycells-1)*_ygap;
+        // Add margin to width and height
+        xsize+=_margin.xsize();
+        ysize+=_margin.ysize();
+        // Construct minimum bounding box, with respect to top left-hand
+        // corner of layout.
+        box abbox(0,-ysize,xsize,0);
+        // Translate to external origin and return.
+        abbox-=external_origin(abbox,xbaseline_left,ybaseline_top);
+        return abbox;
+}
+component* grid_layout::find(const point& p) const
+{
+        vector<int>::const_iterator xf=
+                lower_bound(_xmin.begin(),_xmin.end(),p.x()+1,less<int>());
+        vector<int>::const_iterator yf=
+                lower_bound(_ymax.begin(),_ymax.end(),p.y()-1,greater<int>());
+        if (xf==_xmin.begin()) return 0;
+        if (yf==_ymax.begin()) return 0;
+        size_type x=(xf-_xmin.begin())-1;
+        size_type y=(yf-_ymax.begin())-1;
+        component* c=_components[y*_xcells+x];
+        if (!c) return 0;
+        box cbbox=c->bbox()+c->origin();
+        if (!(p<=cbbox)) return 0;
+        return c;
+}
+box grid_layout::bbox() const
+{
+        return _bbox;
+}
+void grid_layout::resize() const
+{
+        for (vector<component*>::const_iterator i=_components.begin();
+                i!=_components.end();++i)
+        {
+                if (component* c=*i) c->resize();
+        }
+        inherited::resize();
+}
+void grid_layout::reformat(const point& origin,const box& pbbox)
+{
+        // Fit bounding box to parent.
+        box bbox=fit(pbbox);
+        // Update origin and bounding box of this component, force redraw
+        // if necessary.  (This must happen before reformat() is called for
+        // any children.)
+        bool moved=(origin!=this->origin())||(bbox!=this->bbox());
+        if (moved) force_redraw(true);
+        _bbox=bbox;
+        inherited::reformat(origin,bbox);
+        if (moved) force_redraw(true);
+        // Remove margin.
+        box ibox(_bbox-_margin);
+        // Get bounding box before adding excess.
+        box abbox=auto_bbox();
+        // Calculate excess in x-direction.
+        int xexcess=_bbox.xsize()-abbox.xsize();
+        if (xexcess<0) xexcess=0;
+        int xspread=abbox.xsize();
+        xspread-=_margin.xsize();
+        if (_xcells) xspread-=(_xcells-1)*_xgap;
+        if (xspread<0) xspread=0;
+        divider xdiv(xexcess,xspread);
+        // Set minimum x-coordinate for each column.
+        int xpos=ibox.xmin();
+        _xmin[0]=xpos;
+        for (size_type x=0;x!=_xcells;++x)
+        {
+                int xsize=_xbs[x].xsize();
+                xpos+=xsize+xdiv(xsize);
+                xpos+=_xgap;
+                _xmin[x+1]=xpos;
+        }
+        // Calculate excess in y-direction.
+        int yexcess=_bbox.ysize()-abbox.ysize();
+        if (yexcess<0) yexcess=0;
+        int yspread=abbox.ysize();
+        yspread-=_margin.ysize();
+        if (_ycells) yspread-=(_ycells-1)*_ygap;
+        if (yspread<0) yspread=0;
+        divider ydiv(yexcess,yspread);
+        // Set minimum and maximum y-coordinates for each row.
+        int ypos=ibox.ymax();
+        _ymax[0]=ypos;
+        for (size_type y=0;y!=_ycells;++y)
+        {
+                int ysize=_ybs[y].ysize();
+                ypos-=ysize+ydiv(ysize);
+                ypos-=_ygap;
+                _ymax[y+1]=ypos;
+        }
+        // Place children.
+        vector<component*>::iterator i=_components.begin();
+        for (size_type y=0;y!=_ycells;++y)
+        {
+                for (size_type x=0;x!=_xcells;++x)
+                {
+                        if (component* c=*i++)
+                        {
+                                // Construct bounding box for cell with respect to
+                                // origin of layout.
+                                box cbbox(_xmin[x],_ymax[y+1]+_ygap,_xmin[x+1]-_xgap,_ymax[y]);
+                                // Calculate offset from top left-hand corner of cell
+                                // to origin of child.
+                                int xoffset=_xbs[x].offset(xbaseline_left,c->xbaseline(),
+                                        cbbox.xsize());
+                                int yoffset=_ybs[y].offset(ybaseline_bottom,c->ybaseline(),
+                                        cbbox.ysize());
+                                point coffset(xoffset,yoffset);
+                                // Calculate origin of cell with respect to origin of
+                                // layout.
+                                point cpos(cbbox.xminymin()+coffset);
+                                // Reformat child.
+                                c->reformat(cpos,cbbox-cpos);
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+}
+void grid_layout::unformat()
+{
+        for (vector<component*>::iterator i=_components.begin();
+                i!=_components.end();++i)
+        {
+                if (component* c=*i) c->unformat();
+        }
+}
+void grid_layout::redraw(gcontext& context,const box& clip)
+{
+        // Look for the first column with a right edge which overlaps (or is to
+        // the right of) the clip box: _xmin[x0+1] -_xgap > clip.xmin().
+        vector<int>::iterator xf0=upper_bound(
+                _xmin.begin(),_xmin.end(),clip.xmin()+_xgap,less<int>());
+        size_type x0=xf0-_xmin.begin();
+        if (x0) --x0;
+        // Look for the first column with a left edge which is to the right of
+        // the clip box: _xmin[x1] >= clip.xmax().
+        vector<int>::iterator xf1=lower_bound(
+                _xmin.begin(),_xmin.end(),clip.xmax(),less<int>());
+        size_type x1=xf1-_xmin.begin();
+        if (x1>_xcells) x1=_xcells;
+        // Look for the first row with a lower edge which overlaps (or is
+        // below) the clip box: _ymax[y0+1] + _ygap < clip.ymax().
+        vector<int>::iterator yf0=upper_bound(
+                _ymax.begin(),_ymax.end(),clip.ymax()-_ygap,greater<int>());
+        size_type y0=yf0-_ymax.begin();
+        if (y0) --y0;
+        // Look for the first row with an upper edge which is below the
+        // clip box: _ymax[y1] <= clip.ymin().
+        vector<int>::iterator yf1=lower_bound(
+                _ymax.begin(),_ymax.end(),clip.ymin(),greater<int>());
+        size_type y1=yf1-_ymax.begin();
+        if (y1>_ycells) y1=_ycells;
+        // Redraw children.
+        // For safety, use inequalities in the for-loops.
+        vector<component*>::iterator i=_components.begin()+y0*_xcells;
+        for (size_type y=y0;y<y1;++y)
+        {
+                vector<component*>::iterator j=i+x0;
+                for (size_type x=x0;x<x1;++x)
+                {
+                        if (component* c=*j++)
+                        {
+                                point cpos(c->origin());
+                                context+=cpos;
+                                c->redraw(context,clip-cpos);
+                                context-=cpos;
+                        }
+                }
+                i+=_xcells;
+        }
+        inherited::redraw(context,clip);
+}
+void grid_layout::remove_notify(component& c)
+{
+        vector<component*>::iterator f=
+                std::find(_components.begin(),_components.end(),&c);
+        if (f!=_components.end())
+        {
+                *f=0;
+                invalidate();
+        }
+}
+grid_layout& grid_layout::cells(size_type xcells,size_type ycells)
+{
+        // Create new child array.
+        vector<component*> components(xcells*ycells);
+        // Initialise source and destination iterators.
+        vector<component*>::iterator src=_components.begin();
+        vector<component*>::iterator dst=components.begin();
+        // Calculate number of columns and number of rows to be copied
+        // from source to destination.
+        size_type xcopy=min(_xcells,xcells);
+        size_type ycopy=min(_ycells,ycells);
+        // Handle rows that exist in source and destination.
+        for (size_type y=0;y!=ycopy;++y)
+        {
+                // Handle columns that exist in source and destination (copy).
+                for (size_type x=0;x!=xcopy;++x)
+                        *dst++=*src++;
+                // Handle columns that do not exist in destination (discard).
+                for (size_type x=xcopy;x!=_xcells;++x)
+                        if (component* c=*src++) c->remove();
+                // Handle columns that do not exist in source (zero).
+                for (size_type x=xcopy;x!=xcells;++x)
+                        *dst++=0;
+        }
+        // Handle rows that do not exist in destination (discard).
+        for (size_type y=ycopy;y!=_ycells;++y)
+        {
+                for (size_type x=0;x!=_xcells;++x)
+                        if (component* c=*src++) c->remove();
+        }
+        // Handle rows that do not exist in source (zero).
+        for (size_type y=ycopy;y!=ycells;++y)
+        {
+                for (size_type x=0;x!=xcells;++x)
+                        *dst++=0;
+        }
+        // Replace existing child array.
+        _xcells=xcells;
+        _ycells=ycells;
+        _components.swap(components);
+        // Resize auxiliary data structures.
+        _xmin.resize(xcells+1,0);
+        _ymax.resize(ycells+1,0);
+        _xbs.resize(xcells);
+        _ybs.resize(ycells);
+        // Invalidate component and return.
+        invalidate();
+        return *this;
+}
+grid_layout& grid_layout::add(component& c,size_type x,size_type y)
+{
+        // If cell does not exist then resize grid.
+        if ((x>=_xcells)||(y>=_ycells))
+                cells(max(_xcells,x+1),max(_ycells,y+1));
+        // If cell is occupied then remove content.
+        if (component* c=_components[y*_xcells+x])
+                c->remove();
+        // Link from parent to child and child to parent.
+        _components[y*_xcells+x]=&c;
+        link_child(c);
+        // Invalidate component and return.
+        invalidate();
+        return *this;
+}
+grid_layout& grid_layout::xgap(int xgap)
+{
+        _xgap=xgap;
+        invalidate();
+        return *this;
+}
+grid_layout& grid_layout::ygap(int ygap)
+{
+        _ygap=ygap;
+        invalidate();
+        return *this;
+}
+grid_layout& grid_layout::margin(const box& margin)
+{
+        _margin=margin;
+        invalidate();
+        return *this;
+}
+grid_layout& grid_layout::margin(int margin)
+{
+        _margin=box(-margin,-margin,margin,margin);
+        invalidate();
+        return *this;
+}
+}; /* namespace desktop */
+}; /* namespace rtk */
 Property changes:
 Added: svn:keywords
 + Author Date Id Revision
 Added: svn:eol-style
 + native

 /tags/v0_5_0-2/!RTK/rtk/desktop/menu_item.h
 New file
 ,0 → 1,209
+// This file is part of the RISC OS Toolkit (RTK).
+// Copyright © 2003 Graham Shaw.
+// Distribution and use are subject to the GNU Lesser General Public License,
+// a copy of which may be found in the file !RTK.Copyright.
+#ifndef _RTK_DESKTOP_MENU_ITEM
+#define _RTK_DESKTOP_MENU_ITEM
+#include "rtk/desktop/icon.h"
+namespace rtk {
+namespace desktop {
+class window;
+class menu;
+/** A class to represent a RISC OS menu item. */
+class menu_item:
+        public icon
+{
+private:
+        /** The class from which this one is derived. */
+        typedef icon inherited;
+        /** A union used to hold an attached menu or dialogue box. */
+        union
+        {
+                /** The menu that is currently attached to this component, if any.
+                 * This variable is meaningful if _has_menu is true.
+                 */
+                menu* _submenu;
+                /** The dialogue box that is currently attached to this component,
+                 * if any.  This variable is meaningful if _has_dbox is true.
+                 */
+                window* _dbox;
+        };
+        /** The has-submenu flag.
+         * True if _submenu points to a menu that is currently attached to
+         * this menu item.  (The submenu is not a child, so can be attached to
+         * any number of menu items.)
+         */
+        bool _has_submenu:1;
+        /** The has-dbox flag.
+         * True if _dbox points to a dialogue box window that is currently
+         * attached to this menu item.  (The dialogue box is not a child,
+         * so can be attached to any number of menu items.)
+         */
+        bool _has_dbox:1;
+        /** The tick flag.
+         * True if this menu item is ticked, otherwise false.
+         */
+        bool _tick:1;
+        /** The separator flag.
+         * True if this menu item is followed by a separator, otherwise false.
+         */
+        bool _separator:1;
+public:
+        /** Construct menu item.
+         * By default, a menu item:
+         * - has a background colour of 0;
+         * - is not followed by a separator; and
+         * - keeps the menu tree open if clicked with adjust.
+         *
+         * Other default attributes are as for an icon.
+         */
+        menu_item();
+        /** Destroy menu item. */
+        virtual ~menu_item();
+public:
+        /** Get submenu attached to this menu item.
+         * @return the attached submenu, or 0 if there is none
+         */
+        menu* submenu();
+        /** Attach submenu.
+         * Any existing submenu or dialogue box is detached.
+         * Attaching a submenu does not make it a child of this menu item.
+         * It becomes a child of the application when it is opened by the
+         * user, and ceases to be a child when it is closed.  This behaviour
+         * allows one submenu to be shared by several menu items.
+         * @param submenu the submenu to be attached
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        menu_item& attach_submenu(menu& submenu);
+        /** Detach submenu.
+         * If there is no attached submenu then no action is taken.
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        menu_item& detach_submenu();
+        /** Get dialogue box attached to this menu item.
+         * @return the attached dialogue box, or 0 is there is none
+         */
+        window* dbox();
+        /** Attach dialogue box.
+         * Any existing submenu or dialogue box is detached.
+         * Attaching a dialogue box does not make it a child of this menu
+         * item.  It becomes a child of the application when it is opened
+         * by the user, and ceases to be a child when it is closed.  This
+         * behaviour allows one dialogue box to be shared between several
+         * menu items.
+         * @param dbox the dialogue box to be attached
+         * @return a reference to this
+         */
+        menu_item& attach_dbox(window& dbox);
+        /** Detach dialogue box.

Subversion Repositories RTK

Compare Revisions

Ignore whitespace Rev 244 → Rev 245